Post on 13-Dec-2015
description
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
1 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline (HSPA Features)
Contents 1 Introduction 2 2 Key Aspects 3 3 ENHANCED UPLINK (EUL) optimization activities 5 31 Maximum Uplink Throughput with EUL 2 ms 5 32 UL Interference Limit 6 33 2ms EUL Impact on DCH (R99) and 10ms EUL 13 34 Target Rate 16 35 UL Hardware Analysis 22 36 G-RAKE 26 37 EUL Mobility 29 38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler
Enhancement 37 39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC 43 310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users 53 311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing 58 4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional
documentation 62 5 Glossary 63 6 References 64
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
2 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 Introduction This document provides the consultants who have to deliver the W11B SFI a detailed guideline of the EUL related test which have to be conducted and engineering guidelines based on already delivered project
In Chapter 2 there are described the key aspects to consider when EUL is deployed in a W11B network
Chapter 3 describes all the test cases grouped per functionalities with KPI that have to be used and how to interpret results
Chapter 4 provides engineering guidelines based on delivered projects
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
3 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
2 Key Aspects
The most important aspect to consider in a W11B network for EUL deployment is the evolution of 2ms TTI support (introduced in P6 GA enhanced in P7 abd still available within the onwards W10A-B releases) in order to provide higher uplink bit rate
Firstly all the parameters related to limit the maximum throughput have to be re-considered For instance the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate has to be increased from P6 default value since the GRAKE is allowing better and more stable UL performance in term of throughput and RSSI The new recommended value is 4480 Kbps but it can be increased in case of aggressive EUL performance target
The allowed interference in UL has to be controlled as well The parameters eulMaxRotCoverage and eulMaxOwnUuLoad have to be customized especially depending on the type of traffic carried by the layer where EUL is deployed If no R99 is expected then higher values of these two parameters can be set
Also the maximum throughput in Soft Handover has to be increased The optimal value of the parameter EulMaxShoRate depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not allocated by the scheduler in relation to the E-DCH bit rate Channel elements allocated for non serving cell can only be either the minimum amount allocable (eulMinHwSchRate) or a value specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
4 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to the lowest value for EUL 10 ms (32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas From field experience this degradation is most of the time negligible especially in dense urban areas where the SHO areas occur generally in medium radio coverage conditions and the soft handover gain is not essential Same concept for EUL 2ms but the minimum rate is equal to 160Kbps
Anyway from P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available For this reason values slightly higher then eulMinHwSchRate can be set especially in relation with the fact that EUL performance could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
Moreover in W10B with EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement the minimum HW rate for 2ms users can be decreased from 160Kbps down to 20Kbps and as a consequence also the CEs needed for admission are decreased from 8 to 1
EUL Mobility is also e key aspect in W11B since reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI to EUL 10 ms TTI are now supported when a 2 ms is entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only or when the maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded and also after Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed connections For this reason it has to be planned the maximum number of 2ms TTI EUL connections per cell (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2) and consequently also the maximum number of 10 ms TTI connections (eulServingCellUsersAdm) Practically it has to be controlled the UL interference created by the high UL bit rate and simultaneously the right amount of EUL users have to be granted since it is mandatory for establishing 64QAM and MIMO to set up EUL in UL
Finally Soft Congestion for EUL 2ms users and DCHEUL load balancing features are introduced in W11B in order to improve the interworking between EUL and DCH DCH users will be able to downswitch EUL 2ms to 10 ms during admission but EUL users will be more guaranteed during the connection because the algorithm will try to reserve some resources when the DCH load is very high
In the next sections each feature related to EUL is described in details Parameters optimization connected to the features is proposed bearing in mind the new network capabilities by using EUL 2ms in W11B
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
5 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
3 ENHANCED UPLINK (EUL) optimization activities
There are several sub activities for EUL activity phase of W11B SFI
1 Maximum Uplink Throughput with Eul 2ms
2 UL Interference Limit
3 EUL Impact on DCH (R99)
4 Target Rate
5 UL Hardware Analysis
6 GRAKE
7 EUL mobility
8 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
9 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
10 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
11 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
Following sections will describe each sub activity in details
31 Maximum Uplink Throughput with EUL 2 ms
From P6FP EUL support 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2ms TTI) in order to provide higher uplink bit rate up to 576 Mbps on L1 and low latency due to reduced round trip time
In P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate
In P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and is now an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 but In P7 FP (refer to [2]) the recommended value is 5376 GRAKE characteristics are described in section 27
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
6 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test on maximum uplink throughput with EUL have to be executed in good radio conditions and unloaded cell in order to check if any bottleneck within End to End is affecting performance In this case eulMaxAllowedSchRate has to be set to 5376 and parameters EulMaxRotCoverageEulMaxownUuLoad are suggested to be set to high values (3030) in order to allow enough uplink load and get high performance
From P7 EUL 2ms TTI support is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues In section 37 there are further details on this enhancement
No changes were applied for this functionality both in W10 and W11 releases
32 UL Interference Limit
Background
WCDMA RAN supports the scheduling of EUL (Enhanced Uplink) users by allocating on a 10 ms basis (FAJ 121 970 EUL Introduction) or 2ms basis (FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2ms TTI) available uplink resources that are not already allocated to DCH users to E-DCH users when they have data to send
The Eul scheduler controls the scheduled Uu load of Eul users It does not control the non-scheduled Uu load of Eul users or the Uu load of release 99 DCH users The non-scheduled Uu load of Eul users is limited by the non-scheduled grants sent to the UE by the RNC
The uplink resource managed by the EUL scheduler in interference context is
The air interface (Uu) interference load
The RBS hardware consumption (not covered in this SI)
The Iub transport bandwidth (not covered in this SI)
In case of uplink resource shortage the EUL scheduler redistributes the available resources between the E-DCH users that are transmitting and requesting resources
Coverage and stability are two important aspects to be considered when managing the Uu load
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
7 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The noise rise (rise-over-thermal ROT) in a given cell determines the coverage reduction (cell breathing) and can be expressed as the total interference divided by the thermal noise level The total interference is the sum of signals from terminals controlled by the own cell terminals controlled by other cells possible external interference sources and the thermal noise
For stability reasons in order to avoid ldquococktail partyrdquo effects (power rushes) it is important to limit the load caused by interference generated in own cell only Hence it is important to be able to estimate the own cell interference load
Estimation of noise rise and own cell interference load are taken care of by UL Uu load estimator principle as shown in figure 3-1
Figure 3-1 UL Uu Load Estimator Principle
The parameter eulMaxOwnUuLoad limits the interference from UEs being power controlled in the cell It is used as a safe guard towards uplink power rushes and can be set to a similar value in all cells
The parameter eulMaxRotCoverage sets a limit to the rise-over-thermal noise or noise rise that is allowed in a cell including also interference from other cells EulMaxRotCoverage can be used as a simple slider control as a way to control the balance between uplink cell capacity and coverage It should be set according to the coverage degradation that the cell can handle The value is cell specific and can be lower as well as higher than the value of eulMaxOwnUuLoad but it is preferable to set higher since it takes besides the own cell noise also the noise due to additional sources
eulMaxOwnUuLoad and eulMaxRotCoverage are specified in terms of noise rise using a logarithmic scale (dB) To convert these values into load (fraction of the pole capacity) the following equation can be used
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
8 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
L =1 - 10 -B_IUL10
where B IUL is the noise rise in dB and L is the load As an example 3 dB noise rise corresponds to 50 of the pole capacity and 8 dB noise rise corresponds to 86 of the pole capacity This means that the capacity gain of increasing the noise rise parameters to higher values is limited
In the load estimator algorithm there are actually some load margins which are adding up to 20 of the load applied to the measured load in the control loop before it is filled up to the noise rise target in order to protect from overshoots in the noise rise due So the value that we set by the parameter does not reflect the measured load that we experience in the field due to this safety margins The real load in the field can be determined by the counter pmLEDchTot This is a pdf counter with values sampled every 100 ms and resolution of 002 dB Moreover there is another counter called pmLMaxEDch which gives the total cell level estimation of the scheduling headroom (relative to the Uu component of the resources controlled by the scheduler) available for EUL lsquoschedulablersquo traffic in a cell Whenever this counter is 0 the counter pmNoAllowedEul is stepped and this means that there are no further resources in term of either Rise Over Thermal Noise or Own Cell Interference available for EUL
The interference created by DCH connections in own cell is obtained from SIR measurements in RBS The interference created by other sources is calculated indirectly by RTWP measurements If the calculated value of other interference is less than eulMinMarginCoverage it is set to eulMinMarginCoverage In other words it means that the value of interference from other sources is set to at least this value (eulMinMarginCoverage) The purpose of the parameter is for the load estimator to react faster to an increased interference level from neighboring cells A higher value provides quicker reaction time and less interference but less EUL throughput when the interference from other cells is low
The thermal noise is also calculated by RTWP measurements but selecting only those samples that represent a situation free or almost free of traffic To do that the load estimator collects a number of samples in a sliding window time during a configurable time eulSlidingWindowTime A short sliding window time may cause spurious variations in the thermal noise level a long time might be unable to capture normal variations in the thermal noise level such as temperature drift The calculations are facilitated by the use of prior information regarding the noise floor level eulThermallevelPrior This value represents the anticipated thermal noise floor level of the RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
9 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the thermal noise calculation from RTWP measurements is considered unreliable there is a possibility to lock the thermal noise level by setting the parameter eulNoiseFloorLock to true This locks the thermal noise value to a value given by the parameter eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate If eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate is set to -1 (= undefined) the thermal noise value is instead locked to either eulThermalLevelPrior (if the lock parameter is set to true at system start) or to the thermal noise level at that particular point in time (if the lock parameter is changed to true during on-going operation of RBS)
Test Objective
The purpose is to investigate the effect of the interference controller parameters on EUL performances from own cell interference and from other of neighboring cells interference with or without (subject to operator investigation interest) background R99 traffic The main idea of this parameters investigation is to find a balance setting between coverage and capacity in respect to EUL feature introduction of an operator network
Parameters
eulMaxOwnUuLoad
eulMaxRotCoverage
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulTargetRate 128 kpbs Same value is set for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulNoReschUsers 5
eulMaxNoSchEdch 100
eulNoERgchGroups 4
eulMaxShoRate 5760 (internally modified to 1376 for 10 ms EUL)
eulNonServHwRate 128 (Note that the param has the same value for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulSchedulingWeight 1111111111111111
eulLowRate 32
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
10 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulThermalLevelPrior -1040
eulSlidingWindowTime 72000
eulMinMarginCoverage 10
eulNoiseFloorLock False
eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate -1040
Test Description
In order to successfully perform this investigation 2 EUL enable cells with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) should be chosen
General test setting for both scenarios a EUL enable UE performing continuous 100MB FTP uploading to FTP server in good RF environment in one of the selected cell
Scenario 1 eulMaxOwnUuLoad investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80 100 150 200 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 300 300 300 300 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Scenario 2 eulMaxRotCoverage investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 300 300 300 300 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 80 100 150 200 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Duration Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
11 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI Observability
Following KPIs have to be used for Eul Resource monitoring EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul
EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
EUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev
sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers 2) )
EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverage EUL_IntraCell_Noise_Rise pmOwnUuLoad EUL _Total_Granted_Rate pmTotRateGrantedEul Thermal_Noise pmNoiseFloor
Following KPIs have to be used for 2ms or 10ms EUL throughput monitoring
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
12 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_2ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_2ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_10ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_2ms pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_2ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_10ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
Time_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_users_transmitting
100 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
Volume_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_user_transmitting
100 pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
13 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Observables (from field measurement logging tool the following KPI can be considered
1 DCH (DCHHS) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (DCHHS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
5 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate Absolute Grant Relative Grant and Happy bit performance
33 2ms EUL Impact on DCH (R99) and 10ms EUL
Background
Since the introduction of EUL (10msTTI) in P5 the feature interacted with DCH (R99) channels in the context of coverage and capacity due to the fact that noise rise increase as number of EUL users increase In this sub module the interactionimpact is revisited in particular from EUL 2msTTI connections
Objective
The objective of this sub module is to evaluate the impact of new functionality with special focus on 2ms TTI on existing DCH (R99) traffic performance considering different traffic scenarios
Parameters
RBS
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
14 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Description
In this sub-module different EUL traffic scenarios are designed to evaluate DCH traffic performance The main traffic performance evaluations are locked to DCH traffic accessibility and retainability UL cell load characteristic and dynamic behavior on a cell basis
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference DCH Setup (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on periodic call and FTP setup respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference DCH Traffic (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on continuous connection and FTP upload respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connection with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
1 X 2msEUL connection with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
Duration
Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Note The test case can be conducted in different (good poor good and poor) radio environment subject to outcome of scope definition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
15 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
In case EUL is deployed in a dedicated carrier the previous tests have not meaning and it is preferred to perform an analysis on the impact of 2ms EUL UEs on 10 ms UEs
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on periodic FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on continuous FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 DCH (R99) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (R99HS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
16 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
5 RACH Power Analysis
6 RRC Establishment Time
7 Speech Establishment Time
8 PS RAB Establishment Time
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
1 UL RSSI Analysis
2 RRC Connection Request Attempt
3 Speech Attempt
4 CS 64 Attempt
5 PS Interactive Attempt
6 HS RAB Attempt
7 RRC Establishment success
8 CS RAB Establishment success
9 PS RAB Establishment success
10 HS RAB Establishment success
11 EUL RAB Establishment success
12 Speech Drop
13 PS Drop
14 Cell Available Performance
34 Target Rate
Background
Rate Calculation
Every 10 ms the EUL scheduler evaluates all inputs and distributes the available rate to the UEs according to the following principles
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
2 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 Introduction This document provides the consultants who have to deliver the W11B SFI a detailed guideline of the EUL related test which have to be conducted and engineering guidelines based on already delivered project
In Chapter 2 there are described the key aspects to consider when EUL is deployed in a W11B network
Chapter 3 describes all the test cases grouped per functionalities with KPI that have to be used and how to interpret results
Chapter 4 provides engineering guidelines based on delivered projects
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
3 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
2 Key Aspects
The most important aspect to consider in a W11B network for EUL deployment is the evolution of 2ms TTI support (introduced in P6 GA enhanced in P7 abd still available within the onwards W10A-B releases) in order to provide higher uplink bit rate
Firstly all the parameters related to limit the maximum throughput have to be re-considered For instance the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate has to be increased from P6 default value since the GRAKE is allowing better and more stable UL performance in term of throughput and RSSI The new recommended value is 4480 Kbps but it can be increased in case of aggressive EUL performance target
The allowed interference in UL has to be controlled as well The parameters eulMaxRotCoverage and eulMaxOwnUuLoad have to be customized especially depending on the type of traffic carried by the layer where EUL is deployed If no R99 is expected then higher values of these two parameters can be set
Also the maximum throughput in Soft Handover has to be increased The optimal value of the parameter EulMaxShoRate depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not allocated by the scheduler in relation to the E-DCH bit rate Channel elements allocated for non serving cell can only be either the minimum amount allocable (eulMinHwSchRate) or a value specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
4 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to the lowest value for EUL 10 ms (32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas From field experience this degradation is most of the time negligible especially in dense urban areas where the SHO areas occur generally in medium radio coverage conditions and the soft handover gain is not essential Same concept for EUL 2ms but the minimum rate is equal to 160Kbps
Anyway from P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available For this reason values slightly higher then eulMinHwSchRate can be set especially in relation with the fact that EUL performance could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
Moreover in W10B with EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement the minimum HW rate for 2ms users can be decreased from 160Kbps down to 20Kbps and as a consequence also the CEs needed for admission are decreased from 8 to 1
EUL Mobility is also e key aspect in W11B since reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI to EUL 10 ms TTI are now supported when a 2 ms is entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only or when the maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded and also after Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed connections For this reason it has to be planned the maximum number of 2ms TTI EUL connections per cell (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2) and consequently also the maximum number of 10 ms TTI connections (eulServingCellUsersAdm) Practically it has to be controlled the UL interference created by the high UL bit rate and simultaneously the right amount of EUL users have to be granted since it is mandatory for establishing 64QAM and MIMO to set up EUL in UL
Finally Soft Congestion for EUL 2ms users and DCHEUL load balancing features are introduced in W11B in order to improve the interworking between EUL and DCH DCH users will be able to downswitch EUL 2ms to 10 ms during admission but EUL users will be more guaranteed during the connection because the algorithm will try to reserve some resources when the DCH load is very high
In the next sections each feature related to EUL is described in details Parameters optimization connected to the features is proposed bearing in mind the new network capabilities by using EUL 2ms in W11B
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
5 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
3 ENHANCED UPLINK (EUL) optimization activities
There are several sub activities for EUL activity phase of W11B SFI
1 Maximum Uplink Throughput with Eul 2ms
2 UL Interference Limit
3 EUL Impact on DCH (R99)
4 Target Rate
5 UL Hardware Analysis
6 GRAKE
7 EUL mobility
8 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
9 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
10 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
11 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
Following sections will describe each sub activity in details
31 Maximum Uplink Throughput with EUL 2 ms
From P6FP EUL support 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2ms TTI) in order to provide higher uplink bit rate up to 576 Mbps on L1 and low latency due to reduced round trip time
In P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate
In P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and is now an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 but In P7 FP (refer to [2]) the recommended value is 5376 GRAKE characteristics are described in section 27
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
6 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test on maximum uplink throughput with EUL have to be executed in good radio conditions and unloaded cell in order to check if any bottleneck within End to End is affecting performance In this case eulMaxAllowedSchRate has to be set to 5376 and parameters EulMaxRotCoverageEulMaxownUuLoad are suggested to be set to high values (3030) in order to allow enough uplink load and get high performance
From P7 EUL 2ms TTI support is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues In section 37 there are further details on this enhancement
No changes were applied for this functionality both in W10 and W11 releases
32 UL Interference Limit
Background
WCDMA RAN supports the scheduling of EUL (Enhanced Uplink) users by allocating on a 10 ms basis (FAJ 121 970 EUL Introduction) or 2ms basis (FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2ms TTI) available uplink resources that are not already allocated to DCH users to E-DCH users when they have data to send
The Eul scheduler controls the scheduled Uu load of Eul users It does not control the non-scheduled Uu load of Eul users or the Uu load of release 99 DCH users The non-scheduled Uu load of Eul users is limited by the non-scheduled grants sent to the UE by the RNC
The uplink resource managed by the EUL scheduler in interference context is
The air interface (Uu) interference load
The RBS hardware consumption (not covered in this SI)
The Iub transport bandwidth (not covered in this SI)
In case of uplink resource shortage the EUL scheduler redistributes the available resources between the E-DCH users that are transmitting and requesting resources
Coverage and stability are two important aspects to be considered when managing the Uu load
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
7 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The noise rise (rise-over-thermal ROT) in a given cell determines the coverage reduction (cell breathing) and can be expressed as the total interference divided by the thermal noise level The total interference is the sum of signals from terminals controlled by the own cell terminals controlled by other cells possible external interference sources and the thermal noise
For stability reasons in order to avoid ldquococktail partyrdquo effects (power rushes) it is important to limit the load caused by interference generated in own cell only Hence it is important to be able to estimate the own cell interference load
Estimation of noise rise and own cell interference load are taken care of by UL Uu load estimator principle as shown in figure 3-1
Figure 3-1 UL Uu Load Estimator Principle
The parameter eulMaxOwnUuLoad limits the interference from UEs being power controlled in the cell It is used as a safe guard towards uplink power rushes and can be set to a similar value in all cells
The parameter eulMaxRotCoverage sets a limit to the rise-over-thermal noise or noise rise that is allowed in a cell including also interference from other cells EulMaxRotCoverage can be used as a simple slider control as a way to control the balance between uplink cell capacity and coverage It should be set according to the coverage degradation that the cell can handle The value is cell specific and can be lower as well as higher than the value of eulMaxOwnUuLoad but it is preferable to set higher since it takes besides the own cell noise also the noise due to additional sources
eulMaxOwnUuLoad and eulMaxRotCoverage are specified in terms of noise rise using a logarithmic scale (dB) To convert these values into load (fraction of the pole capacity) the following equation can be used
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
8 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
L =1 - 10 -B_IUL10
where B IUL is the noise rise in dB and L is the load As an example 3 dB noise rise corresponds to 50 of the pole capacity and 8 dB noise rise corresponds to 86 of the pole capacity This means that the capacity gain of increasing the noise rise parameters to higher values is limited
In the load estimator algorithm there are actually some load margins which are adding up to 20 of the load applied to the measured load in the control loop before it is filled up to the noise rise target in order to protect from overshoots in the noise rise due So the value that we set by the parameter does not reflect the measured load that we experience in the field due to this safety margins The real load in the field can be determined by the counter pmLEDchTot This is a pdf counter with values sampled every 100 ms and resolution of 002 dB Moreover there is another counter called pmLMaxEDch which gives the total cell level estimation of the scheduling headroom (relative to the Uu component of the resources controlled by the scheduler) available for EUL lsquoschedulablersquo traffic in a cell Whenever this counter is 0 the counter pmNoAllowedEul is stepped and this means that there are no further resources in term of either Rise Over Thermal Noise or Own Cell Interference available for EUL
The interference created by DCH connections in own cell is obtained from SIR measurements in RBS The interference created by other sources is calculated indirectly by RTWP measurements If the calculated value of other interference is less than eulMinMarginCoverage it is set to eulMinMarginCoverage In other words it means that the value of interference from other sources is set to at least this value (eulMinMarginCoverage) The purpose of the parameter is for the load estimator to react faster to an increased interference level from neighboring cells A higher value provides quicker reaction time and less interference but less EUL throughput when the interference from other cells is low
The thermal noise is also calculated by RTWP measurements but selecting only those samples that represent a situation free or almost free of traffic To do that the load estimator collects a number of samples in a sliding window time during a configurable time eulSlidingWindowTime A short sliding window time may cause spurious variations in the thermal noise level a long time might be unable to capture normal variations in the thermal noise level such as temperature drift The calculations are facilitated by the use of prior information regarding the noise floor level eulThermallevelPrior This value represents the anticipated thermal noise floor level of the RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
9 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the thermal noise calculation from RTWP measurements is considered unreliable there is a possibility to lock the thermal noise level by setting the parameter eulNoiseFloorLock to true This locks the thermal noise value to a value given by the parameter eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate If eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate is set to -1 (= undefined) the thermal noise value is instead locked to either eulThermalLevelPrior (if the lock parameter is set to true at system start) or to the thermal noise level at that particular point in time (if the lock parameter is changed to true during on-going operation of RBS)
Test Objective
The purpose is to investigate the effect of the interference controller parameters on EUL performances from own cell interference and from other of neighboring cells interference with or without (subject to operator investigation interest) background R99 traffic The main idea of this parameters investigation is to find a balance setting between coverage and capacity in respect to EUL feature introduction of an operator network
Parameters
eulMaxOwnUuLoad
eulMaxRotCoverage
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulTargetRate 128 kpbs Same value is set for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulNoReschUsers 5
eulMaxNoSchEdch 100
eulNoERgchGroups 4
eulMaxShoRate 5760 (internally modified to 1376 for 10 ms EUL)
eulNonServHwRate 128 (Note that the param has the same value for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulSchedulingWeight 1111111111111111
eulLowRate 32
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
10 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulThermalLevelPrior -1040
eulSlidingWindowTime 72000
eulMinMarginCoverage 10
eulNoiseFloorLock False
eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate -1040
Test Description
In order to successfully perform this investigation 2 EUL enable cells with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) should be chosen
General test setting for both scenarios a EUL enable UE performing continuous 100MB FTP uploading to FTP server in good RF environment in one of the selected cell
Scenario 1 eulMaxOwnUuLoad investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80 100 150 200 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 300 300 300 300 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Scenario 2 eulMaxRotCoverage investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 300 300 300 300 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 80 100 150 200 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Duration Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
11 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI Observability
Following KPIs have to be used for Eul Resource monitoring EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul
EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
EUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev
sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers 2) )
EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverage EUL_IntraCell_Noise_Rise pmOwnUuLoad EUL _Total_Granted_Rate pmTotRateGrantedEul Thermal_Noise pmNoiseFloor
Following KPIs have to be used for 2ms or 10ms EUL throughput monitoring
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
12 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_2ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_2ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_10ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_2ms pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_2ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_10ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
Time_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_users_transmitting
100 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
Volume_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_user_transmitting
100 pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
13 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Observables (from field measurement logging tool the following KPI can be considered
1 DCH (DCHHS) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (DCHHS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
5 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate Absolute Grant Relative Grant and Happy bit performance
33 2ms EUL Impact on DCH (R99) and 10ms EUL
Background
Since the introduction of EUL (10msTTI) in P5 the feature interacted with DCH (R99) channels in the context of coverage and capacity due to the fact that noise rise increase as number of EUL users increase In this sub module the interactionimpact is revisited in particular from EUL 2msTTI connections
Objective
The objective of this sub module is to evaluate the impact of new functionality with special focus on 2ms TTI on existing DCH (R99) traffic performance considering different traffic scenarios
Parameters
RBS
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
14 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Description
In this sub-module different EUL traffic scenarios are designed to evaluate DCH traffic performance The main traffic performance evaluations are locked to DCH traffic accessibility and retainability UL cell load characteristic and dynamic behavior on a cell basis
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference DCH Setup (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on periodic call and FTP setup respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference DCH Traffic (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on continuous connection and FTP upload respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connection with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
1 X 2msEUL connection with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
Duration
Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Note The test case can be conducted in different (good poor good and poor) radio environment subject to outcome of scope definition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
15 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
In case EUL is deployed in a dedicated carrier the previous tests have not meaning and it is preferred to perform an analysis on the impact of 2ms EUL UEs on 10 ms UEs
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on periodic FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on continuous FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 DCH (R99) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (R99HS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
16 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
5 RACH Power Analysis
6 RRC Establishment Time
7 Speech Establishment Time
8 PS RAB Establishment Time
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
1 UL RSSI Analysis
2 RRC Connection Request Attempt
3 Speech Attempt
4 CS 64 Attempt
5 PS Interactive Attempt
6 HS RAB Attempt
7 RRC Establishment success
8 CS RAB Establishment success
9 PS RAB Establishment success
10 HS RAB Establishment success
11 EUL RAB Establishment success
12 Speech Drop
13 PS Drop
14 Cell Available Performance
34 Target Rate
Background
Rate Calculation
Every 10 ms the EUL scheduler evaluates all inputs and distributes the available rate to the UEs according to the following principles
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
3 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
2 Key Aspects
The most important aspect to consider in a W11B network for EUL deployment is the evolution of 2ms TTI support (introduced in P6 GA enhanced in P7 abd still available within the onwards W10A-B releases) in order to provide higher uplink bit rate
Firstly all the parameters related to limit the maximum throughput have to be re-considered For instance the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate has to be increased from P6 default value since the GRAKE is allowing better and more stable UL performance in term of throughput and RSSI The new recommended value is 4480 Kbps but it can be increased in case of aggressive EUL performance target
The allowed interference in UL has to be controlled as well The parameters eulMaxRotCoverage and eulMaxOwnUuLoad have to be customized especially depending on the type of traffic carried by the layer where EUL is deployed If no R99 is expected then higher values of these two parameters can be set
Also the maximum throughput in Soft Handover has to be increased The optimal value of the parameter EulMaxShoRate depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not allocated by the scheduler in relation to the E-DCH bit rate Channel elements allocated for non serving cell can only be either the minimum amount allocable (eulMinHwSchRate) or a value specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
4 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to the lowest value for EUL 10 ms (32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas From field experience this degradation is most of the time negligible especially in dense urban areas where the SHO areas occur generally in medium radio coverage conditions and the soft handover gain is not essential Same concept for EUL 2ms but the minimum rate is equal to 160Kbps
Anyway from P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available For this reason values slightly higher then eulMinHwSchRate can be set especially in relation with the fact that EUL performance could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
Moreover in W10B with EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement the minimum HW rate for 2ms users can be decreased from 160Kbps down to 20Kbps and as a consequence also the CEs needed for admission are decreased from 8 to 1
EUL Mobility is also e key aspect in W11B since reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI to EUL 10 ms TTI are now supported when a 2 ms is entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only or when the maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded and also after Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed connections For this reason it has to be planned the maximum number of 2ms TTI EUL connections per cell (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2) and consequently also the maximum number of 10 ms TTI connections (eulServingCellUsersAdm) Practically it has to be controlled the UL interference created by the high UL bit rate and simultaneously the right amount of EUL users have to be granted since it is mandatory for establishing 64QAM and MIMO to set up EUL in UL
Finally Soft Congestion for EUL 2ms users and DCHEUL load balancing features are introduced in W11B in order to improve the interworking between EUL and DCH DCH users will be able to downswitch EUL 2ms to 10 ms during admission but EUL users will be more guaranteed during the connection because the algorithm will try to reserve some resources when the DCH load is very high
In the next sections each feature related to EUL is described in details Parameters optimization connected to the features is proposed bearing in mind the new network capabilities by using EUL 2ms in W11B
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
5 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
3 ENHANCED UPLINK (EUL) optimization activities
There are several sub activities for EUL activity phase of W11B SFI
1 Maximum Uplink Throughput with Eul 2ms
2 UL Interference Limit
3 EUL Impact on DCH (R99)
4 Target Rate
5 UL Hardware Analysis
6 GRAKE
7 EUL mobility
8 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
9 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
10 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
11 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
Following sections will describe each sub activity in details
31 Maximum Uplink Throughput with EUL 2 ms
From P6FP EUL support 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2ms TTI) in order to provide higher uplink bit rate up to 576 Mbps on L1 and low latency due to reduced round trip time
In P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate
In P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and is now an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 but In P7 FP (refer to [2]) the recommended value is 5376 GRAKE characteristics are described in section 27
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
6 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test on maximum uplink throughput with EUL have to be executed in good radio conditions and unloaded cell in order to check if any bottleneck within End to End is affecting performance In this case eulMaxAllowedSchRate has to be set to 5376 and parameters EulMaxRotCoverageEulMaxownUuLoad are suggested to be set to high values (3030) in order to allow enough uplink load and get high performance
From P7 EUL 2ms TTI support is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues In section 37 there are further details on this enhancement
No changes were applied for this functionality both in W10 and W11 releases
32 UL Interference Limit
Background
WCDMA RAN supports the scheduling of EUL (Enhanced Uplink) users by allocating on a 10 ms basis (FAJ 121 970 EUL Introduction) or 2ms basis (FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2ms TTI) available uplink resources that are not already allocated to DCH users to E-DCH users when they have data to send
The Eul scheduler controls the scheduled Uu load of Eul users It does not control the non-scheduled Uu load of Eul users or the Uu load of release 99 DCH users The non-scheduled Uu load of Eul users is limited by the non-scheduled grants sent to the UE by the RNC
The uplink resource managed by the EUL scheduler in interference context is
The air interface (Uu) interference load
The RBS hardware consumption (not covered in this SI)
The Iub transport bandwidth (not covered in this SI)
In case of uplink resource shortage the EUL scheduler redistributes the available resources between the E-DCH users that are transmitting and requesting resources
Coverage and stability are two important aspects to be considered when managing the Uu load
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
7 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The noise rise (rise-over-thermal ROT) in a given cell determines the coverage reduction (cell breathing) and can be expressed as the total interference divided by the thermal noise level The total interference is the sum of signals from terminals controlled by the own cell terminals controlled by other cells possible external interference sources and the thermal noise
For stability reasons in order to avoid ldquococktail partyrdquo effects (power rushes) it is important to limit the load caused by interference generated in own cell only Hence it is important to be able to estimate the own cell interference load
Estimation of noise rise and own cell interference load are taken care of by UL Uu load estimator principle as shown in figure 3-1
Figure 3-1 UL Uu Load Estimator Principle
The parameter eulMaxOwnUuLoad limits the interference from UEs being power controlled in the cell It is used as a safe guard towards uplink power rushes and can be set to a similar value in all cells
The parameter eulMaxRotCoverage sets a limit to the rise-over-thermal noise or noise rise that is allowed in a cell including also interference from other cells EulMaxRotCoverage can be used as a simple slider control as a way to control the balance between uplink cell capacity and coverage It should be set according to the coverage degradation that the cell can handle The value is cell specific and can be lower as well as higher than the value of eulMaxOwnUuLoad but it is preferable to set higher since it takes besides the own cell noise also the noise due to additional sources
eulMaxOwnUuLoad and eulMaxRotCoverage are specified in terms of noise rise using a logarithmic scale (dB) To convert these values into load (fraction of the pole capacity) the following equation can be used
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
8 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
L =1 - 10 -B_IUL10
where B IUL is the noise rise in dB and L is the load As an example 3 dB noise rise corresponds to 50 of the pole capacity and 8 dB noise rise corresponds to 86 of the pole capacity This means that the capacity gain of increasing the noise rise parameters to higher values is limited
In the load estimator algorithm there are actually some load margins which are adding up to 20 of the load applied to the measured load in the control loop before it is filled up to the noise rise target in order to protect from overshoots in the noise rise due So the value that we set by the parameter does not reflect the measured load that we experience in the field due to this safety margins The real load in the field can be determined by the counter pmLEDchTot This is a pdf counter with values sampled every 100 ms and resolution of 002 dB Moreover there is another counter called pmLMaxEDch which gives the total cell level estimation of the scheduling headroom (relative to the Uu component of the resources controlled by the scheduler) available for EUL lsquoschedulablersquo traffic in a cell Whenever this counter is 0 the counter pmNoAllowedEul is stepped and this means that there are no further resources in term of either Rise Over Thermal Noise or Own Cell Interference available for EUL
The interference created by DCH connections in own cell is obtained from SIR measurements in RBS The interference created by other sources is calculated indirectly by RTWP measurements If the calculated value of other interference is less than eulMinMarginCoverage it is set to eulMinMarginCoverage In other words it means that the value of interference from other sources is set to at least this value (eulMinMarginCoverage) The purpose of the parameter is for the load estimator to react faster to an increased interference level from neighboring cells A higher value provides quicker reaction time and less interference but less EUL throughput when the interference from other cells is low
The thermal noise is also calculated by RTWP measurements but selecting only those samples that represent a situation free or almost free of traffic To do that the load estimator collects a number of samples in a sliding window time during a configurable time eulSlidingWindowTime A short sliding window time may cause spurious variations in the thermal noise level a long time might be unable to capture normal variations in the thermal noise level such as temperature drift The calculations are facilitated by the use of prior information regarding the noise floor level eulThermallevelPrior This value represents the anticipated thermal noise floor level of the RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
9 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the thermal noise calculation from RTWP measurements is considered unreliable there is a possibility to lock the thermal noise level by setting the parameter eulNoiseFloorLock to true This locks the thermal noise value to a value given by the parameter eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate If eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate is set to -1 (= undefined) the thermal noise value is instead locked to either eulThermalLevelPrior (if the lock parameter is set to true at system start) or to the thermal noise level at that particular point in time (if the lock parameter is changed to true during on-going operation of RBS)
Test Objective
The purpose is to investigate the effect of the interference controller parameters on EUL performances from own cell interference and from other of neighboring cells interference with or without (subject to operator investigation interest) background R99 traffic The main idea of this parameters investigation is to find a balance setting between coverage and capacity in respect to EUL feature introduction of an operator network
Parameters
eulMaxOwnUuLoad
eulMaxRotCoverage
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulTargetRate 128 kpbs Same value is set for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulNoReschUsers 5
eulMaxNoSchEdch 100
eulNoERgchGroups 4
eulMaxShoRate 5760 (internally modified to 1376 for 10 ms EUL)
eulNonServHwRate 128 (Note that the param has the same value for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulSchedulingWeight 1111111111111111
eulLowRate 32
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
10 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulThermalLevelPrior -1040
eulSlidingWindowTime 72000
eulMinMarginCoverage 10
eulNoiseFloorLock False
eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate -1040
Test Description
In order to successfully perform this investigation 2 EUL enable cells with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) should be chosen
General test setting for both scenarios a EUL enable UE performing continuous 100MB FTP uploading to FTP server in good RF environment in one of the selected cell
Scenario 1 eulMaxOwnUuLoad investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80 100 150 200 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 300 300 300 300 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Scenario 2 eulMaxRotCoverage investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 300 300 300 300 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 80 100 150 200 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Duration Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
11 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI Observability
Following KPIs have to be used for Eul Resource monitoring EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul
EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
EUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev
sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers 2) )
EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverage EUL_IntraCell_Noise_Rise pmOwnUuLoad EUL _Total_Granted_Rate pmTotRateGrantedEul Thermal_Noise pmNoiseFloor
Following KPIs have to be used for 2ms or 10ms EUL throughput monitoring
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
12 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_2ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_2ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_10ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_2ms pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_2ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_10ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
Time_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_users_transmitting
100 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
Volume_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_user_transmitting
100 pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
13 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Observables (from field measurement logging tool the following KPI can be considered
1 DCH (DCHHS) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (DCHHS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
5 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate Absolute Grant Relative Grant and Happy bit performance
33 2ms EUL Impact on DCH (R99) and 10ms EUL
Background
Since the introduction of EUL (10msTTI) in P5 the feature interacted with DCH (R99) channels in the context of coverage and capacity due to the fact that noise rise increase as number of EUL users increase In this sub module the interactionimpact is revisited in particular from EUL 2msTTI connections
Objective
The objective of this sub module is to evaluate the impact of new functionality with special focus on 2ms TTI on existing DCH (R99) traffic performance considering different traffic scenarios
Parameters
RBS
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
14 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Description
In this sub-module different EUL traffic scenarios are designed to evaluate DCH traffic performance The main traffic performance evaluations are locked to DCH traffic accessibility and retainability UL cell load characteristic and dynamic behavior on a cell basis
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference DCH Setup (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on periodic call and FTP setup respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference DCH Traffic (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on continuous connection and FTP upload respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connection with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
1 X 2msEUL connection with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
Duration
Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Note The test case can be conducted in different (good poor good and poor) radio environment subject to outcome of scope definition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
15 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
In case EUL is deployed in a dedicated carrier the previous tests have not meaning and it is preferred to perform an analysis on the impact of 2ms EUL UEs on 10 ms UEs
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on periodic FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on continuous FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 DCH (R99) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (R99HS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
16 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
5 RACH Power Analysis
6 RRC Establishment Time
7 Speech Establishment Time
8 PS RAB Establishment Time
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
1 UL RSSI Analysis
2 RRC Connection Request Attempt
3 Speech Attempt
4 CS 64 Attempt
5 PS Interactive Attempt
6 HS RAB Attempt
7 RRC Establishment success
8 CS RAB Establishment success
9 PS RAB Establishment success
10 HS RAB Establishment success
11 EUL RAB Establishment success
12 Speech Drop
13 PS Drop
14 Cell Available Performance
34 Target Rate
Background
Rate Calculation
Every 10 ms the EUL scheduler evaluates all inputs and distributes the available rate to the UEs according to the following principles
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
4 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to the lowest value for EUL 10 ms (32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas From field experience this degradation is most of the time negligible especially in dense urban areas where the SHO areas occur generally in medium radio coverage conditions and the soft handover gain is not essential Same concept for EUL 2ms but the minimum rate is equal to 160Kbps
Anyway from P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available For this reason values slightly higher then eulMinHwSchRate can be set especially in relation with the fact that EUL performance could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
Moreover in W10B with EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement the minimum HW rate for 2ms users can be decreased from 160Kbps down to 20Kbps and as a consequence also the CEs needed for admission are decreased from 8 to 1
EUL Mobility is also e key aspect in W11B since reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI to EUL 10 ms TTI are now supported when a 2 ms is entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only or when the maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded and also after Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed connections For this reason it has to be planned the maximum number of 2ms TTI EUL connections per cell (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2) and consequently also the maximum number of 10 ms TTI connections (eulServingCellUsersAdm) Practically it has to be controlled the UL interference created by the high UL bit rate and simultaneously the right amount of EUL users have to be granted since it is mandatory for establishing 64QAM and MIMO to set up EUL in UL
Finally Soft Congestion for EUL 2ms users and DCHEUL load balancing features are introduced in W11B in order to improve the interworking between EUL and DCH DCH users will be able to downswitch EUL 2ms to 10 ms during admission but EUL users will be more guaranteed during the connection because the algorithm will try to reserve some resources when the DCH load is very high
In the next sections each feature related to EUL is described in details Parameters optimization connected to the features is proposed bearing in mind the new network capabilities by using EUL 2ms in W11B
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
5 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
3 ENHANCED UPLINK (EUL) optimization activities
There are several sub activities for EUL activity phase of W11B SFI
1 Maximum Uplink Throughput with Eul 2ms
2 UL Interference Limit
3 EUL Impact on DCH (R99)
4 Target Rate
5 UL Hardware Analysis
6 GRAKE
7 EUL mobility
8 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
9 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
10 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
11 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
Following sections will describe each sub activity in details
31 Maximum Uplink Throughput with EUL 2 ms
From P6FP EUL support 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2ms TTI) in order to provide higher uplink bit rate up to 576 Mbps on L1 and low latency due to reduced round trip time
In P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate
In P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and is now an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 but In P7 FP (refer to [2]) the recommended value is 5376 GRAKE characteristics are described in section 27
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
6 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test on maximum uplink throughput with EUL have to be executed in good radio conditions and unloaded cell in order to check if any bottleneck within End to End is affecting performance In this case eulMaxAllowedSchRate has to be set to 5376 and parameters EulMaxRotCoverageEulMaxownUuLoad are suggested to be set to high values (3030) in order to allow enough uplink load and get high performance
From P7 EUL 2ms TTI support is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues In section 37 there are further details on this enhancement
No changes were applied for this functionality both in W10 and W11 releases
32 UL Interference Limit
Background
WCDMA RAN supports the scheduling of EUL (Enhanced Uplink) users by allocating on a 10 ms basis (FAJ 121 970 EUL Introduction) or 2ms basis (FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2ms TTI) available uplink resources that are not already allocated to DCH users to E-DCH users when they have data to send
The Eul scheduler controls the scheduled Uu load of Eul users It does not control the non-scheduled Uu load of Eul users or the Uu load of release 99 DCH users The non-scheduled Uu load of Eul users is limited by the non-scheduled grants sent to the UE by the RNC
The uplink resource managed by the EUL scheduler in interference context is
The air interface (Uu) interference load
The RBS hardware consumption (not covered in this SI)
The Iub transport bandwidth (not covered in this SI)
In case of uplink resource shortage the EUL scheduler redistributes the available resources between the E-DCH users that are transmitting and requesting resources
Coverage and stability are two important aspects to be considered when managing the Uu load
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
7 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The noise rise (rise-over-thermal ROT) in a given cell determines the coverage reduction (cell breathing) and can be expressed as the total interference divided by the thermal noise level The total interference is the sum of signals from terminals controlled by the own cell terminals controlled by other cells possible external interference sources and the thermal noise
For stability reasons in order to avoid ldquococktail partyrdquo effects (power rushes) it is important to limit the load caused by interference generated in own cell only Hence it is important to be able to estimate the own cell interference load
Estimation of noise rise and own cell interference load are taken care of by UL Uu load estimator principle as shown in figure 3-1
Figure 3-1 UL Uu Load Estimator Principle
The parameter eulMaxOwnUuLoad limits the interference from UEs being power controlled in the cell It is used as a safe guard towards uplink power rushes and can be set to a similar value in all cells
The parameter eulMaxRotCoverage sets a limit to the rise-over-thermal noise or noise rise that is allowed in a cell including also interference from other cells EulMaxRotCoverage can be used as a simple slider control as a way to control the balance between uplink cell capacity and coverage It should be set according to the coverage degradation that the cell can handle The value is cell specific and can be lower as well as higher than the value of eulMaxOwnUuLoad but it is preferable to set higher since it takes besides the own cell noise also the noise due to additional sources
eulMaxOwnUuLoad and eulMaxRotCoverage are specified in terms of noise rise using a logarithmic scale (dB) To convert these values into load (fraction of the pole capacity) the following equation can be used
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
8 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
L =1 - 10 -B_IUL10
where B IUL is the noise rise in dB and L is the load As an example 3 dB noise rise corresponds to 50 of the pole capacity and 8 dB noise rise corresponds to 86 of the pole capacity This means that the capacity gain of increasing the noise rise parameters to higher values is limited
In the load estimator algorithm there are actually some load margins which are adding up to 20 of the load applied to the measured load in the control loop before it is filled up to the noise rise target in order to protect from overshoots in the noise rise due So the value that we set by the parameter does not reflect the measured load that we experience in the field due to this safety margins The real load in the field can be determined by the counter pmLEDchTot This is a pdf counter with values sampled every 100 ms and resolution of 002 dB Moreover there is another counter called pmLMaxEDch which gives the total cell level estimation of the scheduling headroom (relative to the Uu component of the resources controlled by the scheduler) available for EUL lsquoschedulablersquo traffic in a cell Whenever this counter is 0 the counter pmNoAllowedEul is stepped and this means that there are no further resources in term of either Rise Over Thermal Noise or Own Cell Interference available for EUL
The interference created by DCH connections in own cell is obtained from SIR measurements in RBS The interference created by other sources is calculated indirectly by RTWP measurements If the calculated value of other interference is less than eulMinMarginCoverage it is set to eulMinMarginCoverage In other words it means that the value of interference from other sources is set to at least this value (eulMinMarginCoverage) The purpose of the parameter is for the load estimator to react faster to an increased interference level from neighboring cells A higher value provides quicker reaction time and less interference but less EUL throughput when the interference from other cells is low
The thermal noise is also calculated by RTWP measurements but selecting only those samples that represent a situation free or almost free of traffic To do that the load estimator collects a number of samples in a sliding window time during a configurable time eulSlidingWindowTime A short sliding window time may cause spurious variations in the thermal noise level a long time might be unable to capture normal variations in the thermal noise level such as temperature drift The calculations are facilitated by the use of prior information regarding the noise floor level eulThermallevelPrior This value represents the anticipated thermal noise floor level of the RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
9 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the thermal noise calculation from RTWP measurements is considered unreliable there is a possibility to lock the thermal noise level by setting the parameter eulNoiseFloorLock to true This locks the thermal noise value to a value given by the parameter eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate If eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate is set to -1 (= undefined) the thermal noise value is instead locked to either eulThermalLevelPrior (if the lock parameter is set to true at system start) or to the thermal noise level at that particular point in time (if the lock parameter is changed to true during on-going operation of RBS)
Test Objective
The purpose is to investigate the effect of the interference controller parameters on EUL performances from own cell interference and from other of neighboring cells interference with or without (subject to operator investigation interest) background R99 traffic The main idea of this parameters investigation is to find a balance setting between coverage and capacity in respect to EUL feature introduction of an operator network
Parameters
eulMaxOwnUuLoad
eulMaxRotCoverage
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulTargetRate 128 kpbs Same value is set for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulNoReschUsers 5
eulMaxNoSchEdch 100
eulNoERgchGroups 4
eulMaxShoRate 5760 (internally modified to 1376 for 10 ms EUL)
eulNonServHwRate 128 (Note that the param has the same value for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulSchedulingWeight 1111111111111111
eulLowRate 32
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
10 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulThermalLevelPrior -1040
eulSlidingWindowTime 72000
eulMinMarginCoverage 10
eulNoiseFloorLock False
eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate -1040
Test Description
In order to successfully perform this investigation 2 EUL enable cells with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) should be chosen
General test setting for both scenarios a EUL enable UE performing continuous 100MB FTP uploading to FTP server in good RF environment in one of the selected cell
Scenario 1 eulMaxOwnUuLoad investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80 100 150 200 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 300 300 300 300 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Scenario 2 eulMaxRotCoverage investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 300 300 300 300 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 80 100 150 200 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Duration Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
11 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI Observability
Following KPIs have to be used for Eul Resource monitoring EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul
EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
EUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev
sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers 2) )
EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverage EUL_IntraCell_Noise_Rise pmOwnUuLoad EUL _Total_Granted_Rate pmTotRateGrantedEul Thermal_Noise pmNoiseFloor
Following KPIs have to be used for 2ms or 10ms EUL throughput monitoring
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
12 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_2ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_2ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_10ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_2ms pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_2ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_10ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
Time_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_users_transmitting
100 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
Volume_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_user_transmitting
100 pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
13 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Observables (from field measurement logging tool the following KPI can be considered
1 DCH (DCHHS) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (DCHHS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
5 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate Absolute Grant Relative Grant and Happy bit performance
33 2ms EUL Impact on DCH (R99) and 10ms EUL
Background
Since the introduction of EUL (10msTTI) in P5 the feature interacted with DCH (R99) channels in the context of coverage and capacity due to the fact that noise rise increase as number of EUL users increase In this sub module the interactionimpact is revisited in particular from EUL 2msTTI connections
Objective
The objective of this sub module is to evaluate the impact of new functionality with special focus on 2ms TTI on existing DCH (R99) traffic performance considering different traffic scenarios
Parameters
RBS
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
14 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Description
In this sub-module different EUL traffic scenarios are designed to evaluate DCH traffic performance The main traffic performance evaluations are locked to DCH traffic accessibility and retainability UL cell load characteristic and dynamic behavior on a cell basis
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference DCH Setup (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on periodic call and FTP setup respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference DCH Traffic (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on continuous connection and FTP upload respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connection with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
1 X 2msEUL connection with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
Duration
Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Note The test case can be conducted in different (good poor good and poor) radio environment subject to outcome of scope definition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
15 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
In case EUL is deployed in a dedicated carrier the previous tests have not meaning and it is preferred to perform an analysis on the impact of 2ms EUL UEs on 10 ms UEs
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on periodic FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on continuous FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 DCH (R99) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (R99HS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
16 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
5 RACH Power Analysis
6 RRC Establishment Time
7 Speech Establishment Time
8 PS RAB Establishment Time
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
1 UL RSSI Analysis
2 RRC Connection Request Attempt
3 Speech Attempt
4 CS 64 Attempt
5 PS Interactive Attempt
6 HS RAB Attempt
7 RRC Establishment success
8 CS RAB Establishment success
9 PS RAB Establishment success
10 HS RAB Establishment success
11 EUL RAB Establishment success
12 Speech Drop
13 PS Drop
14 Cell Available Performance
34 Target Rate
Background
Rate Calculation
Every 10 ms the EUL scheduler evaluates all inputs and distributes the available rate to the UEs according to the following principles
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
5 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
3 ENHANCED UPLINK (EUL) optimization activities
There are several sub activities for EUL activity phase of W11B SFI
1 Maximum Uplink Throughput with Eul 2ms
2 UL Interference Limit
3 EUL Impact on DCH (R99)
4 Target Rate
5 UL Hardware Analysis
6 GRAKE
7 EUL mobility
8 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
9 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
10 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
11 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
Following sections will describe each sub activity in details
31 Maximum Uplink Throughput with EUL 2 ms
From P6FP EUL support 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2ms TTI) in order to provide higher uplink bit rate up to 576 Mbps on L1 and low latency due to reduced round trip time
In P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate
In P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and is now an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 but In P7 FP (refer to [2]) the recommended value is 5376 GRAKE characteristics are described in section 27
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
6 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test on maximum uplink throughput with EUL have to be executed in good radio conditions and unloaded cell in order to check if any bottleneck within End to End is affecting performance In this case eulMaxAllowedSchRate has to be set to 5376 and parameters EulMaxRotCoverageEulMaxownUuLoad are suggested to be set to high values (3030) in order to allow enough uplink load and get high performance
From P7 EUL 2ms TTI support is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues In section 37 there are further details on this enhancement
No changes were applied for this functionality both in W10 and W11 releases
32 UL Interference Limit
Background
WCDMA RAN supports the scheduling of EUL (Enhanced Uplink) users by allocating on a 10 ms basis (FAJ 121 970 EUL Introduction) or 2ms basis (FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2ms TTI) available uplink resources that are not already allocated to DCH users to E-DCH users when they have data to send
The Eul scheduler controls the scheduled Uu load of Eul users It does not control the non-scheduled Uu load of Eul users or the Uu load of release 99 DCH users The non-scheduled Uu load of Eul users is limited by the non-scheduled grants sent to the UE by the RNC
The uplink resource managed by the EUL scheduler in interference context is
The air interface (Uu) interference load
The RBS hardware consumption (not covered in this SI)
The Iub transport bandwidth (not covered in this SI)
In case of uplink resource shortage the EUL scheduler redistributes the available resources between the E-DCH users that are transmitting and requesting resources
Coverage and stability are two important aspects to be considered when managing the Uu load
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
7 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The noise rise (rise-over-thermal ROT) in a given cell determines the coverage reduction (cell breathing) and can be expressed as the total interference divided by the thermal noise level The total interference is the sum of signals from terminals controlled by the own cell terminals controlled by other cells possible external interference sources and the thermal noise
For stability reasons in order to avoid ldquococktail partyrdquo effects (power rushes) it is important to limit the load caused by interference generated in own cell only Hence it is important to be able to estimate the own cell interference load
Estimation of noise rise and own cell interference load are taken care of by UL Uu load estimator principle as shown in figure 3-1
Figure 3-1 UL Uu Load Estimator Principle
The parameter eulMaxOwnUuLoad limits the interference from UEs being power controlled in the cell It is used as a safe guard towards uplink power rushes and can be set to a similar value in all cells
The parameter eulMaxRotCoverage sets a limit to the rise-over-thermal noise or noise rise that is allowed in a cell including also interference from other cells EulMaxRotCoverage can be used as a simple slider control as a way to control the balance between uplink cell capacity and coverage It should be set according to the coverage degradation that the cell can handle The value is cell specific and can be lower as well as higher than the value of eulMaxOwnUuLoad but it is preferable to set higher since it takes besides the own cell noise also the noise due to additional sources
eulMaxOwnUuLoad and eulMaxRotCoverage are specified in terms of noise rise using a logarithmic scale (dB) To convert these values into load (fraction of the pole capacity) the following equation can be used
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
8 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
L =1 - 10 -B_IUL10
where B IUL is the noise rise in dB and L is the load As an example 3 dB noise rise corresponds to 50 of the pole capacity and 8 dB noise rise corresponds to 86 of the pole capacity This means that the capacity gain of increasing the noise rise parameters to higher values is limited
In the load estimator algorithm there are actually some load margins which are adding up to 20 of the load applied to the measured load in the control loop before it is filled up to the noise rise target in order to protect from overshoots in the noise rise due So the value that we set by the parameter does not reflect the measured load that we experience in the field due to this safety margins The real load in the field can be determined by the counter pmLEDchTot This is a pdf counter with values sampled every 100 ms and resolution of 002 dB Moreover there is another counter called pmLMaxEDch which gives the total cell level estimation of the scheduling headroom (relative to the Uu component of the resources controlled by the scheduler) available for EUL lsquoschedulablersquo traffic in a cell Whenever this counter is 0 the counter pmNoAllowedEul is stepped and this means that there are no further resources in term of either Rise Over Thermal Noise or Own Cell Interference available for EUL
The interference created by DCH connections in own cell is obtained from SIR measurements in RBS The interference created by other sources is calculated indirectly by RTWP measurements If the calculated value of other interference is less than eulMinMarginCoverage it is set to eulMinMarginCoverage In other words it means that the value of interference from other sources is set to at least this value (eulMinMarginCoverage) The purpose of the parameter is for the load estimator to react faster to an increased interference level from neighboring cells A higher value provides quicker reaction time and less interference but less EUL throughput when the interference from other cells is low
The thermal noise is also calculated by RTWP measurements but selecting only those samples that represent a situation free or almost free of traffic To do that the load estimator collects a number of samples in a sliding window time during a configurable time eulSlidingWindowTime A short sliding window time may cause spurious variations in the thermal noise level a long time might be unable to capture normal variations in the thermal noise level such as temperature drift The calculations are facilitated by the use of prior information regarding the noise floor level eulThermallevelPrior This value represents the anticipated thermal noise floor level of the RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
9 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the thermal noise calculation from RTWP measurements is considered unreliable there is a possibility to lock the thermal noise level by setting the parameter eulNoiseFloorLock to true This locks the thermal noise value to a value given by the parameter eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate If eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate is set to -1 (= undefined) the thermal noise value is instead locked to either eulThermalLevelPrior (if the lock parameter is set to true at system start) or to the thermal noise level at that particular point in time (if the lock parameter is changed to true during on-going operation of RBS)
Test Objective
The purpose is to investigate the effect of the interference controller parameters on EUL performances from own cell interference and from other of neighboring cells interference with or without (subject to operator investigation interest) background R99 traffic The main idea of this parameters investigation is to find a balance setting between coverage and capacity in respect to EUL feature introduction of an operator network
Parameters
eulMaxOwnUuLoad
eulMaxRotCoverage
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulTargetRate 128 kpbs Same value is set for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulNoReschUsers 5
eulMaxNoSchEdch 100
eulNoERgchGroups 4
eulMaxShoRate 5760 (internally modified to 1376 for 10 ms EUL)
eulNonServHwRate 128 (Note that the param has the same value for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulSchedulingWeight 1111111111111111
eulLowRate 32
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
10 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulThermalLevelPrior -1040
eulSlidingWindowTime 72000
eulMinMarginCoverage 10
eulNoiseFloorLock False
eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate -1040
Test Description
In order to successfully perform this investigation 2 EUL enable cells with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) should be chosen
General test setting for both scenarios a EUL enable UE performing continuous 100MB FTP uploading to FTP server in good RF environment in one of the selected cell
Scenario 1 eulMaxOwnUuLoad investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80 100 150 200 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 300 300 300 300 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Scenario 2 eulMaxRotCoverage investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 300 300 300 300 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 80 100 150 200 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Duration Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
11 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI Observability
Following KPIs have to be used for Eul Resource monitoring EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul
EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
EUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev
sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers 2) )
EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverage EUL_IntraCell_Noise_Rise pmOwnUuLoad EUL _Total_Granted_Rate pmTotRateGrantedEul Thermal_Noise pmNoiseFloor
Following KPIs have to be used for 2ms or 10ms EUL throughput monitoring
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
12 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_2ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_2ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_10ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_2ms pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_2ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_10ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
Time_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_users_transmitting
100 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
Volume_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_user_transmitting
100 pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
13 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Observables (from field measurement logging tool the following KPI can be considered
1 DCH (DCHHS) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (DCHHS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
5 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate Absolute Grant Relative Grant and Happy bit performance
33 2ms EUL Impact on DCH (R99) and 10ms EUL
Background
Since the introduction of EUL (10msTTI) in P5 the feature interacted with DCH (R99) channels in the context of coverage and capacity due to the fact that noise rise increase as number of EUL users increase In this sub module the interactionimpact is revisited in particular from EUL 2msTTI connections
Objective
The objective of this sub module is to evaluate the impact of new functionality with special focus on 2ms TTI on existing DCH (R99) traffic performance considering different traffic scenarios
Parameters
RBS
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
14 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Description
In this sub-module different EUL traffic scenarios are designed to evaluate DCH traffic performance The main traffic performance evaluations are locked to DCH traffic accessibility and retainability UL cell load characteristic and dynamic behavior on a cell basis
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference DCH Setup (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on periodic call and FTP setup respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference DCH Traffic (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on continuous connection and FTP upload respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connection with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
1 X 2msEUL connection with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
Duration
Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Note The test case can be conducted in different (good poor good and poor) radio environment subject to outcome of scope definition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
15 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
In case EUL is deployed in a dedicated carrier the previous tests have not meaning and it is preferred to perform an analysis on the impact of 2ms EUL UEs on 10 ms UEs
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on periodic FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on continuous FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 DCH (R99) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (R99HS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
16 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
5 RACH Power Analysis
6 RRC Establishment Time
7 Speech Establishment Time
8 PS RAB Establishment Time
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
1 UL RSSI Analysis
2 RRC Connection Request Attempt
3 Speech Attempt
4 CS 64 Attempt
5 PS Interactive Attempt
6 HS RAB Attempt
7 RRC Establishment success
8 CS RAB Establishment success
9 PS RAB Establishment success
10 HS RAB Establishment success
11 EUL RAB Establishment success
12 Speech Drop
13 PS Drop
14 Cell Available Performance
34 Target Rate
Background
Rate Calculation
Every 10 ms the EUL scheduler evaluates all inputs and distributes the available rate to the UEs according to the following principles
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
6 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test on maximum uplink throughput with EUL have to be executed in good radio conditions and unloaded cell in order to check if any bottleneck within End to End is affecting performance In this case eulMaxAllowedSchRate has to be set to 5376 and parameters EulMaxRotCoverageEulMaxownUuLoad are suggested to be set to high values (3030) in order to allow enough uplink load and get high performance
From P7 EUL 2ms TTI support is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues In section 37 there are further details on this enhancement
No changes were applied for this functionality both in W10 and W11 releases
32 UL Interference Limit
Background
WCDMA RAN supports the scheduling of EUL (Enhanced Uplink) users by allocating on a 10 ms basis (FAJ 121 970 EUL Introduction) or 2ms basis (FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2ms TTI) available uplink resources that are not already allocated to DCH users to E-DCH users when they have data to send
The Eul scheduler controls the scheduled Uu load of Eul users It does not control the non-scheduled Uu load of Eul users or the Uu load of release 99 DCH users The non-scheduled Uu load of Eul users is limited by the non-scheduled grants sent to the UE by the RNC
The uplink resource managed by the EUL scheduler in interference context is
The air interface (Uu) interference load
The RBS hardware consumption (not covered in this SI)
The Iub transport bandwidth (not covered in this SI)
In case of uplink resource shortage the EUL scheduler redistributes the available resources between the E-DCH users that are transmitting and requesting resources
Coverage and stability are two important aspects to be considered when managing the Uu load
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
7 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The noise rise (rise-over-thermal ROT) in a given cell determines the coverage reduction (cell breathing) and can be expressed as the total interference divided by the thermal noise level The total interference is the sum of signals from terminals controlled by the own cell terminals controlled by other cells possible external interference sources and the thermal noise
For stability reasons in order to avoid ldquococktail partyrdquo effects (power rushes) it is important to limit the load caused by interference generated in own cell only Hence it is important to be able to estimate the own cell interference load
Estimation of noise rise and own cell interference load are taken care of by UL Uu load estimator principle as shown in figure 3-1
Figure 3-1 UL Uu Load Estimator Principle
The parameter eulMaxOwnUuLoad limits the interference from UEs being power controlled in the cell It is used as a safe guard towards uplink power rushes and can be set to a similar value in all cells
The parameter eulMaxRotCoverage sets a limit to the rise-over-thermal noise or noise rise that is allowed in a cell including also interference from other cells EulMaxRotCoverage can be used as a simple slider control as a way to control the balance between uplink cell capacity and coverage It should be set according to the coverage degradation that the cell can handle The value is cell specific and can be lower as well as higher than the value of eulMaxOwnUuLoad but it is preferable to set higher since it takes besides the own cell noise also the noise due to additional sources
eulMaxOwnUuLoad and eulMaxRotCoverage are specified in terms of noise rise using a logarithmic scale (dB) To convert these values into load (fraction of the pole capacity) the following equation can be used
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
8 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
L =1 - 10 -B_IUL10
where B IUL is the noise rise in dB and L is the load As an example 3 dB noise rise corresponds to 50 of the pole capacity and 8 dB noise rise corresponds to 86 of the pole capacity This means that the capacity gain of increasing the noise rise parameters to higher values is limited
In the load estimator algorithm there are actually some load margins which are adding up to 20 of the load applied to the measured load in the control loop before it is filled up to the noise rise target in order to protect from overshoots in the noise rise due So the value that we set by the parameter does not reflect the measured load that we experience in the field due to this safety margins The real load in the field can be determined by the counter pmLEDchTot This is a pdf counter with values sampled every 100 ms and resolution of 002 dB Moreover there is another counter called pmLMaxEDch which gives the total cell level estimation of the scheduling headroom (relative to the Uu component of the resources controlled by the scheduler) available for EUL lsquoschedulablersquo traffic in a cell Whenever this counter is 0 the counter pmNoAllowedEul is stepped and this means that there are no further resources in term of either Rise Over Thermal Noise or Own Cell Interference available for EUL
The interference created by DCH connections in own cell is obtained from SIR measurements in RBS The interference created by other sources is calculated indirectly by RTWP measurements If the calculated value of other interference is less than eulMinMarginCoverage it is set to eulMinMarginCoverage In other words it means that the value of interference from other sources is set to at least this value (eulMinMarginCoverage) The purpose of the parameter is for the load estimator to react faster to an increased interference level from neighboring cells A higher value provides quicker reaction time and less interference but less EUL throughput when the interference from other cells is low
The thermal noise is also calculated by RTWP measurements but selecting only those samples that represent a situation free or almost free of traffic To do that the load estimator collects a number of samples in a sliding window time during a configurable time eulSlidingWindowTime A short sliding window time may cause spurious variations in the thermal noise level a long time might be unable to capture normal variations in the thermal noise level such as temperature drift The calculations are facilitated by the use of prior information regarding the noise floor level eulThermallevelPrior This value represents the anticipated thermal noise floor level of the RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
9 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the thermal noise calculation from RTWP measurements is considered unreliable there is a possibility to lock the thermal noise level by setting the parameter eulNoiseFloorLock to true This locks the thermal noise value to a value given by the parameter eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate If eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate is set to -1 (= undefined) the thermal noise value is instead locked to either eulThermalLevelPrior (if the lock parameter is set to true at system start) or to the thermal noise level at that particular point in time (if the lock parameter is changed to true during on-going operation of RBS)
Test Objective
The purpose is to investigate the effect of the interference controller parameters on EUL performances from own cell interference and from other of neighboring cells interference with or without (subject to operator investigation interest) background R99 traffic The main idea of this parameters investigation is to find a balance setting between coverage and capacity in respect to EUL feature introduction of an operator network
Parameters
eulMaxOwnUuLoad
eulMaxRotCoverage
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulTargetRate 128 kpbs Same value is set for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulNoReschUsers 5
eulMaxNoSchEdch 100
eulNoERgchGroups 4
eulMaxShoRate 5760 (internally modified to 1376 for 10 ms EUL)
eulNonServHwRate 128 (Note that the param has the same value for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulSchedulingWeight 1111111111111111
eulLowRate 32
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
10 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulThermalLevelPrior -1040
eulSlidingWindowTime 72000
eulMinMarginCoverage 10
eulNoiseFloorLock False
eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate -1040
Test Description
In order to successfully perform this investigation 2 EUL enable cells with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) should be chosen
General test setting for both scenarios a EUL enable UE performing continuous 100MB FTP uploading to FTP server in good RF environment in one of the selected cell
Scenario 1 eulMaxOwnUuLoad investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80 100 150 200 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 300 300 300 300 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Scenario 2 eulMaxRotCoverage investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 300 300 300 300 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 80 100 150 200 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Duration Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
11 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI Observability
Following KPIs have to be used for Eul Resource monitoring EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul
EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
EUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev
sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers 2) )
EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverage EUL_IntraCell_Noise_Rise pmOwnUuLoad EUL _Total_Granted_Rate pmTotRateGrantedEul Thermal_Noise pmNoiseFloor
Following KPIs have to be used for 2ms or 10ms EUL throughput monitoring
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
12 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_2ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_2ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_10ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_2ms pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_2ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_10ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
Time_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_users_transmitting
100 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
Volume_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_user_transmitting
100 pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
13 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Observables (from field measurement logging tool the following KPI can be considered
1 DCH (DCHHS) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (DCHHS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
5 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate Absolute Grant Relative Grant and Happy bit performance
33 2ms EUL Impact on DCH (R99) and 10ms EUL
Background
Since the introduction of EUL (10msTTI) in P5 the feature interacted with DCH (R99) channels in the context of coverage and capacity due to the fact that noise rise increase as number of EUL users increase In this sub module the interactionimpact is revisited in particular from EUL 2msTTI connections
Objective
The objective of this sub module is to evaluate the impact of new functionality with special focus on 2ms TTI on existing DCH (R99) traffic performance considering different traffic scenarios
Parameters
RBS
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
14 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Description
In this sub-module different EUL traffic scenarios are designed to evaluate DCH traffic performance The main traffic performance evaluations are locked to DCH traffic accessibility and retainability UL cell load characteristic and dynamic behavior on a cell basis
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference DCH Setup (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on periodic call and FTP setup respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference DCH Traffic (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on continuous connection and FTP upload respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connection with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
1 X 2msEUL connection with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
Duration
Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Note The test case can be conducted in different (good poor good and poor) radio environment subject to outcome of scope definition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
15 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
In case EUL is deployed in a dedicated carrier the previous tests have not meaning and it is preferred to perform an analysis on the impact of 2ms EUL UEs on 10 ms UEs
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on periodic FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on continuous FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 DCH (R99) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (R99HS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
16 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
5 RACH Power Analysis
6 RRC Establishment Time
7 Speech Establishment Time
8 PS RAB Establishment Time
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
1 UL RSSI Analysis
2 RRC Connection Request Attempt
3 Speech Attempt
4 CS 64 Attempt
5 PS Interactive Attempt
6 HS RAB Attempt
7 RRC Establishment success
8 CS RAB Establishment success
9 PS RAB Establishment success
10 HS RAB Establishment success
11 EUL RAB Establishment success
12 Speech Drop
13 PS Drop
14 Cell Available Performance
34 Target Rate
Background
Rate Calculation
Every 10 ms the EUL scheduler evaluates all inputs and distributes the available rate to the UEs according to the following principles
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
7 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The noise rise (rise-over-thermal ROT) in a given cell determines the coverage reduction (cell breathing) and can be expressed as the total interference divided by the thermal noise level The total interference is the sum of signals from terminals controlled by the own cell terminals controlled by other cells possible external interference sources and the thermal noise
For stability reasons in order to avoid ldquococktail partyrdquo effects (power rushes) it is important to limit the load caused by interference generated in own cell only Hence it is important to be able to estimate the own cell interference load
Estimation of noise rise and own cell interference load are taken care of by UL Uu load estimator principle as shown in figure 3-1
Figure 3-1 UL Uu Load Estimator Principle
The parameter eulMaxOwnUuLoad limits the interference from UEs being power controlled in the cell It is used as a safe guard towards uplink power rushes and can be set to a similar value in all cells
The parameter eulMaxRotCoverage sets a limit to the rise-over-thermal noise or noise rise that is allowed in a cell including also interference from other cells EulMaxRotCoverage can be used as a simple slider control as a way to control the balance between uplink cell capacity and coverage It should be set according to the coverage degradation that the cell can handle The value is cell specific and can be lower as well as higher than the value of eulMaxOwnUuLoad but it is preferable to set higher since it takes besides the own cell noise also the noise due to additional sources
eulMaxOwnUuLoad and eulMaxRotCoverage are specified in terms of noise rise using a logarithmic scale (dB) To convert these values into load (fraction of the pole capacity) the following equation can be used
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
8 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
L =1 - 10 -B_IUL10
where B IUL is the noise rise in dB and L is the load As an example 3 dB noise rise corresponds to 50 of the pole capacity and 8 dB noise rise corresponds to 86 of the pole capacity This means that the capacity gain of increasing the noise rise parameters to higher values is limited
In the load estimator algorithm there are actually some load margins which are adding up to 20 of the load applied to the measured load in the control loop before it is filled up to the noise rise target in order to protect from overshoots in the noise rise due So the value that we set by the parameter does not reflect the measured load that we experience in the field due to this safety margins The real load in the field can be determined by the counter pmLEDchTot This is a pdf counter with values sampled every 100 ms and resolution of 002 dB Moreover there is another counter called pmLMaxEDch which gives the total cell level estimation of the scheduling headroom (relative to the Uu component of the resources controlled by the scheduler) available for EUL lsquoschedulablersquo traffic in a cell Whenever this counter is 0 the counter pmNoAllowedEul is stepped and this means that there are no further resources in term of either Rise Over Thermal Noise or Own Cell Interference available for EUL
The interference created by DCH connections in own cell is obtained from SIR measurements in RBS The interference created by other sources is calculated indirectly by RTWP measurements If the calculated value of other interference is less than eulMinMarginCoverage it is set to eulMinMarginCoverage In other words it means that the value of interference from other sources is set to at least this value (eulMinMarginCoverage) The purpose of the parameter is for the load estimator to react faster to an increased interference level from neighboring cells A higher value provides quicker reaction time and less interference but less EUL throughput when the interference from other cells is low
The thermal noise is also calculated by RTWP measurements but selecting only those samples that represent a situation free or almost free of traffic To do that the load estimator collects a number of samples in a sliding window time during a configurable time eulSlidingWindowTime A short sliding window time may cause spurious variations in the thermal noise level a long time might be unable to capture normal variations in the thermal noise level such as temperature drift The calculations are facilitated by the use of prior information regarding the noise floor level eulThermallevelPrior This value represents the anticipated thermal noise floor level of the RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
9 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the thermal noise calculation from RTWP measurements is considered unreliable there is a possibility to lock the thermal noise level by setting the parameter eulNoiseFloorLock to true This locks the thermal noise value to a value given by the parameter eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate If eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate is set to -1 (= undefined) the thermal noise value is instead locked to either eulThermalLevelPrior (if the lock parameter is set to true at system start) or to the thermal noise level at that particular point in time (if the lock parameter is changed to true during on-going operation of RBS)
Test Objective
The purpose is to investigate the effect of the interference controller parameters on EUL performances from own cell interference and from other of neighboring cells interference with or without (subject to operator investigation interest) background R99 traffic The main idea of this parameters investigation is to find a balance setting between coverage and capacity in respect to EUL feature introduction of an operator network
Parameters
eulMaxOwnUuLoad
eulMaxRotCoverage
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulTargetRate 128 kpbs Same value is set for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulNoReschUsers 5
eulMaxNoSchEdch 100
eulNoERgchGroups 4
eulMaxShoRate 5760 (internally modified to 1376 for 10 ms EUL)
eulNonServHwRate 128 (Note that the param has the same value for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulSchedulingWeight 1111111111111111
eulLowRate 32
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
10 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulThermalLevelPrior -1040
eulSlidingWindowTime 72000
eulMinMarginCoverage 10
eulNoiseFloorLock False
eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate -1040
Test Description
In order to successfully perform this investigation 2 EUL enable cells with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) should be chosen
General test setting for both scenarios a EUL enable UE performing continuous 100MB FTP uploading to FTP server in good RF environment in one of the selected cell
Scenario 1 eulMaxOwnUuLoad investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80 100 150 200 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 300 300 300 300 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Scenario 2 eulMaxRotCoverage investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 300 300 300 300 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 80 100 150 200 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Duration Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
11 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI Observability
Following KPIs have to be used for Eul Resource monitoring EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul
EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
EUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev
sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers 2) )
EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverage EUL_IntraCell_Noise_Rise pmOwnUuLoad EUL _Total_Granted_Rate pmTotRateGrantedEul Thermal_Noise pmNoiseFloor
Following KPIs have to be used for 2ms or 10ms EUL throughput monitoring
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
12 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_2ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_2ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_10ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_2ms pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_2ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_10ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
Time_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_users_transmitting
100 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
Volume_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_user_transmitting
100 pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
13 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Observables (from field measurement logging tool the following KPI can be considered
1 DCH (DCHHS) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (DCHHS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
5 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate Absolute Grant Relative Grant and Happy bit performance
33 2ms EUL Impact on DCH (R99) and 10ms EUL
Background
Since the introduction of EUL (10msTTI) in P5 the feature interacted with DCH (R99) channels in the context of coverage and capacity due to the fact that noise rise increase as number of EUL users increase In this sub module the interactionimpact is revisited in particular from EUL 2msTTI connections
Objective
The objective of this sub module is to evaluate the impact of new functionality with special focus on 2ms TTI on existing DCH (R99) traffic performance considering different traffic scenarios
Parameters
RBS
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
14 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Description
In this sub-module different EUL traffic scenarios are designed to evaluate DCH traffic performance The main traffic performance evaluations are locked to DCH traffic accessibility and retainability UL cell load characteristic and dynamic behavior on a cell basis
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference DCH Setup (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on periodic call and FTP setup respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference DCH Traffic (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on continuous connection and FTP upload respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connection with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
1 X 2msEUL connection with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
Duration
Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Note The test case can be conducted in different (good poor good and poor) radio environment subject to outcome of scope definition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
15 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
In case EUL is deployed in a dedicated carrier the previous tests have not meaning and it is preferred to perform an analysis on the impact of 2ms EUL UEs on 10 ms UEs
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on periodic FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on continuous FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 DCH (R99) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (R99HS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
16 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
5 RACH Power Analysis
6 RRC Establishment Time
7 Speech Establishment Time
8 PS RAB Establishment Time
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
1 UL RSSI Analysis
2 RRC Connection Request Attempt
3 Speech Attempt
4 CS 64 Attempt
5 PS Interactive Attempt
6 HS RAB Attempt
7 RRC Establishment success
8 CS RAB Establishment success
9 PS RAB Establishment success
10 HS RAB Establishment success
11 EUL RAB Establishment success
12 Speech Drop
13 PS Drop
14 Cell Available Performance
34 Target Rate
Background
Rate Calculation
Every 10 ms the EUL scheduler evaluates all inputs and distributes the available rate to the UEs according to the following principles
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
8 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
L =1 - 10 -B_IUL10
where B IUL is the noise rise in dB and L is the load As an example 3 dB noise rise corresponds to 50 of the pole capacity and 8 dB noise rise corresponds to 86 of the pole capacity This means that the capacity gain of increasing the noise rise parameters to higher values is limited
In the load estimator algorithm there are actually some load margins which are adding up to 20 of the load applied to the measured load in the control loop before it is filled up to the noise rise target in order to protect from overshoots in the noise rise due So the value that we set by the parameter does not reflect the measured load that we experience in the field due to this safety margins The real load in the field can be determined by the counter pmLEDchTot This is a pdf counter with values sampled every 100 ms and resolution of 002 dB Moreover there is another counter called pmLMaxEDch which gives the total cell level estimation of the scheduling headroom (relative to the Uu component of the resources controlled by the scheduler) available for EUL lsquoschedulablersquo traffic in a cell Whenever this counter is 0 the counter pmNoAllowedEul is stepped and this means that there are no further resources in term of either Rise Over Thermal Noise or Own Cell Interference available for EUL
The interference created by DCH connections in own cell is obtained from SIR measurements in RBS The interference created by other sources is calculated indirectly by RTWP measurements If the calculated value of other interference is less than eulMinMarginCoverage it is set to eulMinMarginCoverage In other words it means that the value of interference from other sources is set to at least this value (eulMinMarginCoverage) The purpose of the parameter is for the load estimator to react faster to an increased interference level from neighboring cells A higher value provides quicker reaction time and less interference but less EUL throughput when the interference from other cells is low
The thermal noise is also calculated by RTWP measurements but selecting only those samples that represent a situation free or almost free of traffic To do that the load estimator collects a number of samples in a sliding window time during a configurable time eulSlidingWindowTime A short sliding window time may cause spurious variations in the thermal noise level a long time might be unable to capture normal variations in the thermal noise level such as temperature drift The calculations are facilitated by the use of prior information regarding the noise floor level eulThermallevelPrior This value represents the anticipated thermal noise floor level of the RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
9 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the thermal noise calculation from RTWP measurements is considered unreliable there is a possibility to lock the thermal noise level by setting the parameter eulNoiseFloorLock to true This locks the thermal noise value to a value given by the parameter eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate If eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate is set to -1 (= undefined) the thermal noise value is instead locked to either eulThermalLevelPrior (if the lock parameter is set to true at system start) or to the thermal noise level at that particular point in time (if the lock parameter is changed to true during on-going operation of RBS)
Test Objective
The purpose is to investigate the effect of the interference controller parameters on EUL performances from own cell interference and from other of neighboring cells interference with or without (subject to operator investigation interest) background R99 traffic The main idea of this parameters investigation is to find a balance setting between coverage and capacity in respect to EUL feature introduction of an operator network
Parameters
eulMaxOwnUuLoad
eulMaxRotCoverage
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulTargetRate 128 kpbs Same value is set for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulNoReschUsers 5
eulMaxNoSchEdch 100
eulNoERgchGroups 4
eulMaxShoRate 5760 (internally modified to 1376 for 10 ms EUL)
eulNonServHwRate 128 (Note that the param has the same value for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulSchedulingWeight 1111111111111111
eulLowRate 32
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
10 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulThermalLevelPrior -1040
eulSlidingWindowTime 72000
eulMinMarginCoverage 10
eulNoiseFloorLock False
eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate -1040
Test Description
In order to successfully perform this investigation 2 EUL enable cells with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) should be chosen
General test setting for both scenarios a EUL enable UE performing continuous 100MB FTP uploading to FTP server in good RF environment in one of the selected cell
Scenario 1 eulMaxOwnUuLoad investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80 100 150 200 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 300 300 300 300 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Scenario 2 eulMaxRotCoverage investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 300 300 300 300 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 80 100 150 200 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Duration Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
11 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI Observability
Following KPIs have to be used for Eul Resource monitoring EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul
EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
EUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev
sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers 2) )
EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverage EUL_IntraCell_Noise_Rise pmOwnUuLoad EUL _Total_Granted_Rate pmTotRateGrantedEul Thermal_Noise pmNoiseFloor
Following KPIs have to be used for 2ms or 10ms EUL throughput monitoring
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
12 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_2ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_2ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_10ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_2ms pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_2ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_10ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
Time_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_users_transmitting
100 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
Volume_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_user_transmitting
100 pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
13 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Observables (from field measurement logging tool the following KPI can be considered
1 DCH (DCHHS) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (DCHHS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
5 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate Absolute Grant Relative Grant and Happy bit performance
33 2ms EUL Impact on DCH (R99) and 10ms EUL
Background
Since the introduction of EUL (10msTTI) in P5 the feature interacted with DCH (R99) channels in the context of coverage and capacity due to the fact that noise rise increase as number of EUL users increase In this sub module the interactionimpact is revisited in particular from EUL 2msTTI connections
Objective
The objective of this sub module is to evaluate the impact of new functionality with special focus on 2ms TTI on existing DCH (R99) traffic performance considering different traffic scenarios
Parameters
RBS
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
14 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Description
In this sub-module different EUL traffic scenarios are designed to evaluate DCH traffic performance The main traffic performance evaluations are locked to DCH traffic accessibility and retainability UL cell load characteristic and dynamic behavior on a cell basis
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference DCH Setup (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on periodic call and FTP setup respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference DCH Traffic (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on continuous connection and FTP upload respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connection with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
1 X 2msEUL connection with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
Duration
Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Note The test case can be conducted in different (good poor good and poor) radio environment subject to outcome of scope definition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
15 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
In case EUL is deployed in a dedicated carrier the previous tests have not meaning and it is preferred to perform an analysis on the impact of 2ms EUL UEs on 10 ms UEs
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on periodic FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on continuous FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 DCH (R99) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (R99HS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
16 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
5 RACH Power Analysis
6 RRC Establishment Time
7 Speech Establishment Time
8 PS RAB Establishment Time
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
1 UL RSSI Analysis
2 RRC Connection Request Attempt
3 Speech Attempt
4 CS 64 Attempt
5 PS Interactive Attempt
6 HS RAB Attempt
7 RRC Establishment success
8 CS RAB Establishment success
9 PS RAB Establishment success
10 HS RAB Establishment success
11 EUL RAB Establishment success
12 Speech Drop
13 PS Drop
14 Cell Available Performance
34 Target Rate
Background
Rate Calculation
Every 10 ms the EUL scheduler evaluates all inputs and distributes the available rate to the UEs according to the following principles
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
9 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the thermal noise calculation from RTWP measurements is considered unreliable there is a possibility to lock the thermal noise level by setting the parameter eulNoiseFloorLock to true This locks the thermal noise value to a value given by the parameter eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate If eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate is set to -1 (= undefined) the thermal noise value is instead locked to either eulThermalLevelPrior (if the lock parameter is set to true at system start) or to the thermal noise level at that particular point in time (if the lock parameter is changed to true during on-going operation of RBS)
Test Objective
The purpose is to investigate the effect of the interference controller parameters on EUL performances from own cell interference and from other of neighboring cells interference with or without (subject to operator investigation interest) background R99 traffic The main idea of this parameters investigation is to find a balance setting between coverage and capacity in respect to EUL feature introduction of an operator network
Parameters
eulMaxOwnUuLoad
eulMaxRotCoverage
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulTargetRate 128 kpbs Same value is set for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulNoReschUsers 5
eulMaxNoSchEdch 100
eulNoERgchGroups 4
eulMaxShoRate 5760 (internally modified to 1376 for 10 ms EUL)
eulNonServHwRate 128 (Note that the param has the same value for both 2ms and 10 ms but value is internally quantized by the system (set to the nearest multiple of 160kbps for 2ms TTI users))
eulSchedulingWeight 1111111111111111
eulLowRate 32
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
10 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulThermalLevelPrior -1040
eulSlidingWindowTime 72000
eulMinMarginCoverage 10
eulNoiseFloorLock False
eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate -1040
Test Description
In order to successfully perform this investigation 2 EUL enable cells with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) should be chosen
General test setting for both scenarios a EUL enable UE performing continuous 100MB FTP uploading to FTP server in good RF environment in one of the selected cell
Scenario 1 eulMaxOwnUuLoad investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80 100 150 200 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 300 300 300 300 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Scenario 2 eulMaxRotCoverage investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 300 300 300 300 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 80 100 150 200 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Duration Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
11 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI Observability
Following KPIs have to be used for Eul Resource monitoring EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul
EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
EUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev
sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers 2) )
EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverage EUL_IntraCell_Noise_Rise pmOwnUuLoad EUL _Total_Granted_Rate pmTotRateGrantedEul Thermal_Noise pmNoiseFloor
Following KPIs have to be used for 2ms or 10ms EUL throughput monitoring
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
12 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_2ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_2ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_10ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_2ms pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_2ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_10ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
Time_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_users_transmitting
100 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
Volume_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_user_transmitting
100 pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
13 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Observables (from field measurement logging tool the following KPI can be considered
1 DCH (DCHHS) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (DCHHS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
5 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate Absolute Grant Relative Grant and Happy bit performance
33 2ms EUL Impact on DCH (R99) and 10ms EUL
Background
Since the introduction of EUL (10msTTI) in P5 the feature interacted with DCH (R99) channels in the context of coverage and capacity due to the fact that noise rise increase as number of EUL users increase In this sub module the interactionimpact is revisited in particular from EUL 2msTTI connections
Objective
The objective of this sub module is to evaluate the impact of new functionality with special focus on 2ms TTI on existing DCH (R99) traffic performance considering different traffic scenarios
Parameters
RBS
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
14 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Description
In this sub-module different EUL traffic scenarios are designed to evaluate DCH traffic performance The main traffic performance evaluations are locked to DCH traffic accessibility and retainability UL cell load characteristic and dynamic behavior on a cell basis
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference DCH Setup (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on periodic call and FTP setup respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference DCH Traffic (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on continuous connection and FTP upload respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connection with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
1 X 2msEUL connection with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
Duration
Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Note The test case can be conducted in different (good poor good and poor) radio environment subject to outcome of scope definition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
15 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
In case EUL is deployed in a dedicated carrier the previous tests have not meaning and it is preferred to perform an analysis on the impact of 2ms EUL UEs on 10 ms UEs
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on periodic FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on continuous FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 DCH (R99) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (R99HS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
16 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
5 RACH Power Analysis
6 RRC Establishment Time
7 Speech Establishment Time
8 PS RAB Establishment Time
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
1 UL RSSI Analysis
2 RRC Connection Request Attempt
3 Speech Attempt
4 CS 64 Attempt
5 PS Interactive Attempt
6 HS RAB Attempt
7 RRC Establishment success
8 CS RAB Establishment success
9 PS RAB Establishment success
10 HS RAB Establishment success
11 EUL RAB Establishment success
12 Speech Drop
13 PS Drop
14 Cell Available Performance
34 Target Rate
Background
Rate Calculation
Every 10 ms the EUL scheduler evaluates all inputs and distributes the available rate to the UEs according to the following principles
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
10 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulThermalLevelPrior -1040
eulSlidingWindowTime 72000
eulMinMarginCoverage 10
eulNoiseFloorLock False
eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate -1040
Test Description
In order to successfully perform this investigation 2 EUL enable cells with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) should be chosen
General test setting for both scenarios a EUL enable UE performing continuous 100MB FTP uploading to FTP server in good RF environment in one of the selected cell
Scenario 1 eulMaxOwnUuLoad investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80 100 150 200 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 300 300 300 300 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Scenario 2 eulMaxRotCoverage investigation
TC 1 2 3 4 5
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 300 300 300 300 300
eulMaxRotCoverage 80 100 150 200 300
An additional scenario for this test case is to sequentially (every 15 minutes in order to fill different ROPs) setup and make a DCH and EUL PS interactive continuous 100MB FTP uploading until 4 connections at same location of the first EUL UE to simulate cell capacity load in the serving cell
Duration Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
11 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI Observability
Following KPIs have to be used for Eul Resource monitoring EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul
EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
EUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev
sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers 2) )
EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverage EUL_IntraCell_Noise_Rise pmOwnUuLoad EUL _Total_Granted_Rate pmTotRateGrantedEul Thermal_Noise pmNoiseFloor
Following KPIs have to be used for 2ms or 10ms EUL throughput monitoring
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
12 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_2ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_2ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_10ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_2ms pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_2ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_10ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
Time_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_users_transmitting
100 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
Volume_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_user_transmitting
100 pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
13 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Observables (from field measurement logging tool the following KPI can be considered
1 DCH (DCHHS) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (DCHHS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
5 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate Absolute Grant Relative Grant and Happy bit performance
33 2ms EUL Impact on DCH (R99) and 10ms EUL
Background
Since the introduction of EUL (10msTTI) in P5 the feature interacted with DCH (R99) channels in the context of coverage and capacity due to the fact that noise rise increase as number of EUL users increase In this sub module the interactionimpact is revisited in particular from EUL 2msTTI connections
Objective
The objective of this sub module is to evaluate the impact of new functionality with special focus on 2ms TTI on existing DCH (R99) traffic performance considering different traffic scenarios
Parameters
RBS
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
14 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Description
In this sub-module different EUL traffic scenarios are designed to evaluate DCH traffic performance The main traffic performance evaluations are locked to DCH traffic accessibility and retainability UL cell load characteristic and dynamic behavior on a cell basis
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference DCH Setup (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on periodic call and FTP setup respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference DCH Traffic (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on continuous connection and FTP upload respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connection with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
1 X 2msEUL connection with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
Duration
Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Note The test case can be conducted in different (good poor good and poor) radio environment subject to outcome of scope definition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
15 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
In case EUL is deployed in a dedicated carrier the previous tests have not meaning and it is preferred to perform an analysis on the impact of 2ms EUL UEs on 10 ms UEs
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on periodic FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on continuous FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 DCH (R99) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (R99HS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
16 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
5 RACH Power Analysis
6 RRC Establishment Time
7 Speech Establishment Time
8 PS RAB Establishment Time
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
1 UL RSSI Analysis
2 RRC Connection Request Attempt
3 Speech Attempt
4 CS 64 Attempt
5 PS Interactive Attempt
6 HS RAB Attempt
7 RRC Establishment success
8 CS RAB Establishment success
9 PS RAB Establishment success
10 HS RAB Establishment success
11 EUL RAB Establishment success
12 Speech Drop
13 PS Drop
14 Cell Available Performance
34 Target Rate
Background
Rate Calculation
Every 10 ms the EUL scheduler evaluates all inputs and distributes the available rate to the UEs according to the following principles
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
11 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI Observability
Following KPIs have to be used for Eul Resource monitoring EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul
EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
EUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsers
Serving_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev
sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers 2) )
EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverage EUL_IntraCell_Noise_Rise pmOwnUuLoad EUL _Total_Granted_Rate pmTotRateGrantedEul Thermal_Noise pmNoiseFloor
Following KPIs have to be used for 2ms or 10ms EUL throughput monitoring
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
12 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_2ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_2ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_10ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_2ms pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_2ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_10ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
Time_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_users_transmitting
100 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
Volume_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_user_transmitting
100 pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
13 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Observables (from field measurement logging tool the following KPI can be considered
1 DCH (DCHHS) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (DCHHS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
5 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate Absolute Grant Relative Grant and Happy bit performance
33 2ms EUL Impact on DCH (R99) and 10ms EUL
Background
Since the introduction of EUL (10msTTI) in P5 the feature interacted with DCH (R99) channels in the context of coverage and capacity due to the fact that noise rise increase as number of EUL users increase In this sub module the interactionimpact is revisited in particular from EUL 2msTTI connections
Objective
The objective of this sub module is to evaluate the impact of new functionality with special focus on 2ms TTI on existing DCH (R99) traffic performance considering different traffic scenarios
Parameters
RBS
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
14 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Description
In this sub-module different EUL traffic scenarios are designed to evaluate DCH traffic performance The main traffic performance evaluations are locked to DCH traffic accessibility and retainability UL cell load characteristic and dynamic behavior on a cell basis
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference DCH Setup (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on periodic call and FTP setup respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference DCH Traffic (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on continuous connection and FTP upload respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connection with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
1 X 2msEUL connection with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
Duration
Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Note The test case can be conducted in different (good poor good and poor) radio environment subject to outcome of scope definition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
15 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
In case EUL is deployed in a dedicated carrier the previous tests have not meaning and it is preferred to perform an analysis on the impact of 2ms EUL UEs on 10 ms UEs
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on periodic FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on continuous FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 DCH (R99) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (R99HS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
16 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
5 RACH Power Analysis
6 RRC Establishment Time
7 Speech Establishment Time
8 PS RAB Establishment Time
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
1 UL RSSI Analysis
2 RRC Connection Request Attempt
3 Speech Attempt
4 CS 64 Attempt
5 PS Interactive Attempt
6 HS RAB Attempt
7 RRC Establishment success
8 CS RAB Establishment success
9 PS RAB Establishment success
10 HS RAB Establishment success
11 EUL RAB Establishment success
12 Speech Drop
13 PS Drop
14 Cell Available Performance
34 Target Rate
Background
Rate Calculation
Every 10 ms the EUL scheduler evaluates all inputs and distributes the available rate to the UEs according to the following principles
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
12 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_2ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_2ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
AVG_MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_User_Throughput_Gross_10ms ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 ) (001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net
(pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) (0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_2ms pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_2ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEulTti2 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net_10ms
pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross_10ms
( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msIntervalsEulTti10 )
Time_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_users_transmitting
100 ( 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul ) ( 001 pmNoActive10msFramesEul + 0002 pmNoActive2msFramesEul )
Volume_percentage_2msTTI_EUL_user_transmitting
100 pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
13 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Observables (from field measurement logging tool the following KPI can be considered
1 DCH (DCHHS) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (DCHHS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
5 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate Absolute Grant Relative Grant and Happy bit performance
33 2ms EUL Impact on DCH (R99) and 10ms EUL
Background
Since the introduction of EUL (10msTTI) in P5 the feature interacted with DCH (R99) channels in the context of coverage and capacity due to the fact that noise rise increase as number of EUL users increase In this sub module the interactionimpact is revisited in particular from EUL 2msTTI connections
Objective
The objective of this sub module is to evaluate the impact of new functionality with special focus on 2ms TTI on existing DCH (R99) traffic performance considering different traffic scenarios
Parameters
RBS
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
14 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Description
In this sub-module different EUL traffic scenarios are designed to evaluate DCH traffic performance The main traffic performance evaluations are locked to DCH traffic accessibility and retainability UL cell load characteristic and dynamic behavior on a cell basis
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference DCH Setup (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on periodic call and FTP setup respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference DCH Traffic (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on continuous connection and FTP upload respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connection with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
1 X 2msEUL connection with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
Duration
Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Note The test case can be conducted in different (good poor good and poor) radio environment subject to outcome of scope definition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
15 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
In case EUL is deployed in a dedicated carrier the previous tests have not meaning and it is preferred to perform an analysis on the impact of 2ms EUL UEs on 10 ms UEs
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on periodic FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on continuous FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 DCH (R99) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (R99HS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
16 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
5 RACH Power Analysis
6 RRC Establishment Time
7 Speech Establishment Time
8 PS RAB Establishment Time
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
1 UL RSSI Analysis
2 RRC Connection Request Attempt
3 Speech Attempt
4 CS 64 Attempt
5 PS Interactive Attempt
6 HS RAB Attempt
7 RRC Establishment success
8 CS RAB Establishment success
9 PS RAB Establishment success
10 HS RAB Establishment success
11 EUL RAB Establishment success
12 Speech Drop
13 PS Drop
14 Cell Available Performance
34 Target Rate
Background
Rate Calculation
Every 10 ms the EUL scheduler evaluates all inputs and distributes the available rate to the UEs according to the following principles
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
13 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Observables (from field measurement logging tool the following KPI can be considered
1 DCH (DCHHS) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (DCHHS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
5 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate Absolute Grant Relative Grant and Happy bit performance
33 2ms EUL Impact on DCH (R99) and 10ms EUL
Background
Since the introduction of EUL (10msTTI) in P5 the feature interacted with DCH (R99) channels in the context of coverage and capacity due to the fact that noise rise increase as number of EUL users increase In this sub module the interactionimpact is revisited in particular from EUL 2msTTI connections
Objective
The objective of this sub module is to evaluate the impact of new functionality with special focus on 2ms TTI on existing DCH (R99) traffic performance considering different traffic scenarios
Parameters
RBS
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
14 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Description
In this sub-module different EUL traffic scenarios are designed to evaluate DCH traffic performance The main traffic performance evaluations are locked to DCH traffic accessibility and retainability UL cell load characteristic and dynamic behavior on a cell basis
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference DCH Setup (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on periodic call and FTP setup respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference DCH Traffic (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on continuous connection and FTP upload respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connection with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
1 X 2msEUL connection with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
Duration
Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Note The test case can be conducted in different (good poor good and poor) radio environment subject to outcome of scope definition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
15 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
In case EUL is deployed in a dedicated carrier the previous tests have not meaning and it is preferred to perform an analysis on the impact of 2ms EUL UEs on 10 ms UEs
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on periodic FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on continuous FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 DCH (R99) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (R99HS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
16 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
5 RACH Power Analysis
6 RRC Establishment Time
7 Speech Establishment Time
8 PS RAB Establishment Time
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
1 UL RSSI Analysis
2 RRC Connection Request Attempt
3 Speech Attempt
4 CS 64 Attempt
5 PS Interactive Attempt
6 HS RAB Attempt
7 RRC Establishment success
8 CS RAB Establishment success
9 PS RAB Establishment success
10 HS RAB Establishment success
11 EUL RAB Establishment success
12 Speech Drop
13 PS Drop
14 Cell Available Performance
34 Target Rate
Background
Rate Calculation
Every 10 ms the EUL scheduler evaluates all inputs and distributes the available rate to the UEs according to the following principles
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
14 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Description
In this sub-module different EUL traffic scenarios are designed to evaluate DCH traffic performance The main traffic performance evaluations are locked to DCH traffic accessibility and retainability UL cell load characteristic and dynamic behavior on a cell basis
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference DCH Setup (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on periodic call and FTP setup respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different EUL traffic load impact on DCH R99 retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference DCH Traffic (1 Speech + 1 PS Interactive on continuous connection and FTP upload respectively) wo EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connection with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
1 X 2msEUL connection with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference DCH traffic
Duration
Measurement of 15 minutes ROP for each scenariorsquos test case
Note The test case can be conducted in different (good poor good and poor) radio environment subject to outcome of scope definition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
15 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
In case EUL is deployed in a dedicated carrier the previous tests have not meaning and it is preferred to perform an analysis on the impact of 2ms EUL UEs on 10 ms UEs
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on periodic FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on continuous FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 DCH (R99) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (R99HS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
16 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
5 RACH Power Analysis
6 RRC Establishment Time
7 Speech Establishment Time
8 PS RAB Establishment Time
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
1 UL RSSI Analysis
2 RRC Connection Request Attempt
3 Speech Attempt
4 CS 64 Attempt
5 PS Interactive Attempt
6 HS RAB Attempt
7 RRC Establishment success
8 CS RAB Establishment success
9 PS RAB Establishment success
10 HS RAB Establishment success
11 EUL RAB Establishment success
12 Speech Drop
13 PS Drop
14 Cell Available Performance
34 Target Rate
Background
Rate Calculation
Every 10 ms the EUL scheduler evaluates all inputs and distributes the available rate to the UEs according to the following principles
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
15 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
In case EUL is deployed in a dedicated carrier the previous tests have not meaning and it is preferred to perform an analysis on the impact of 2ms EUL UEs on 10 ms UEs
Scenario 1 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL accessibility performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 1 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on periodic FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Scenario 2 To evaluate different 2ms EUL traffic load impact on 10ms EUL retainability performance
Test Cases 1 2 3 4 5
Scenario 2 Reference 10msEul Setup (1 10ms EUL Interactive on continuous FTP setup) wo 2ms EUL load
1 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
1 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with continuous FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
4 X 2msEUL connections with periodic FTP uploading with Reference 10msEul Setup
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 DCH (R99) connection Ue Tx Power distribution
2 DCH (R99HS) IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
4 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
16 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
5 RACH Power Analysis
6 RRC Establishment Time
7 Speech Establishment Time
8 PS RAB Establishment Time
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
1 UL RSSI Analysis
2 RRC Connection Request Attempt
3 Speech Attempt
4 CS 64 Attempt
5 PS Interactive Attempt
6 HS RAB Attempt
7 RRC Establishment success
8 CS RAB Establishment success
9 PS RAB Establishment success
10 HS RAB Establishment success
11 EUL RAB Establishment success
12 Speech Drop
13 PS Drop
14 Cell Available Performance
34 Target Rate
Background
Rate Calculation
Every 10 ms the EUL scheduler evaluates all inputs and distributes the available rate to the UEs according to the following principles
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
16 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
5 RACH Power Analysis
6 RRC Establishment Time
7 Speech Establishment Time
8 PS RAB Establishment Time
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
1 UL RSSI Analysis
2 RRC Connection Request Attempt
3 Speech Attempt
4 CS 64 Attempt
5 PS Interactive Attempt
6 HS RAB Attempt
7 RRC Establishment success
8 CS RAB Establishment success
9 PS RAB Establishment success
10 HS RAB Establishment success
11 EUL RAB Establishment success
12 Speech Drop
13 PS Drop
14 Cell Available Performance
34 Target Rate
Background
Rate Calculation
Every 10 ms the EUL scheduler evaluates all inputs and distributes the available rate to the UEs according to the following principles
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
17 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Users are handled in priority order
The EUL scheduler attempts to distribute resources fairly taking into account the users priority
There is a maximum amount of rate addition that any user can obtain in one step in order to avoid disturbances to DCH users
Figure 3-2 Rate changes for one E-DCH user
The figure 3-2 illustrates the following
At the first scheduling action for a single user when the scheduled grant is zero kbps the only valid step is to increase the scheduled grant to the minimum hardware already allocated
After the initial increase the scheduled rate is increased at least to eulTargetRate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
18 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The increase in the scheduled rate with the maximum step size at each consecutive scheduling action continues until there are no more resources to schedule or the UE reports that it is happy or the absolute grant reaches the maximum value that it is allowed for the user for example as determined from the E-DCH Maximum Bitrate (MBR) for the connection received over NBAP
If the scheduled grant is below eulTargetRate the EUL scheduler always tries to increase the scheduled grant to become at least equal to the eulTargetRate In this case the rules for Rescheduling following described might apply if resources are already fully used
The system must ensure that the grant step to eulTargetRate does not cause the EUL UEs to increase power too quickly in the cell To meet this condition if the operator sets eulTargetRate too high the system will internally limit the actual target rate to a maximum value
The scheduling rate parameters eulTargetRate eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate and eulLowRate apply to both 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI users However the scheduler internally quantizes the value of the rate parameters depending on whether the parameter value is applied to a 2ms or 10ms user The quantization is done according to the following principles
When the value of a scheduling rate parameter is set higher than the maximum value supported by 10ms users it is internally quantized to the maximum value supported by the system for 10ms users when applied to a 10ms TTI user
For 2ms TTI users the configured rate is quantized up to the nearest multiple of 160kbps since that is the minimum rate granularity for a 2ms TTI user For example if eulTargetRate is set to 128 kbps it is quantized up to 160kbps for 2ms TTI users
Rescheduling
If an E-DCH user requests higher rates or if a new E-DCH user enters the cell when resources are fully used up rescheduling may take place The user with a higher priority gives some of its resources to the user with the lower priority that needs the resources When rescheduling the EUL scheduler tries to give the users that are targeted for rescheduling at least a target rate eulTargetRate Sometimes rescheduling is not possible since all users have a scheduled rate close to the target rate or lower
An example of rescheduling is illustrated in Figure 3-3
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
19 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-3 Condition for Rescheduling
The conditions for rescheduling are
The user that needs a higher rate must get at least a scheduled grant equal or greater than eulTargetRate
The scheduled grant for the user that has to free resources cannot become lower than eulTargetRate and the reduction in that user grant cannot result in an internal priority reversal with the user requesting higher rates which means that if no SPI differentiation the scheduled rate for the lower priority UE can not get higher than the higher priority UE after rescheduling
In the first case in Figure 3-3 rescheduling is possible since UE1 can get at least eulTargetRate and the scheduled grant for UE1 is still lower then the scheduled grant for UE2 In the second case rescheduling is not possible since the new scheduled grant of UE2 would fall below the scheduled grant of UE1 (and even below eulTargetRate) Note that all users in the examples in Figure 3-3 have the same SPI A rate reversal between users (but not an internal priority reversal) is possible if they have different scheduling priorities with different scheduling weights
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
20 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Rescheduling can take place even if the user with the lower rate already has eulTargetRate or higher in order to better balance the scheduled rates among the E-DCH users
At rescheduling a maximum of eulNoReschUsers E-DCH users per cell can be involved
Test Objective
Find a trade off between satisfaction of EUL users (number of UE served and quality of serving granted) and resources (interference CEs and Iub) consumption in different available resources conditions
Parameters
RBS
eulTargetRate
Above parameters are to be investigated (vary in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32 (for 2ms the value is quantized at 160)
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to recommended 80
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm 32
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2 32
eulNoReschUsers 32
Test Description
Test case can be performed both for 2ms TTI and 10ms TTI
Select a EUL enable cell with low UL load (UL RSSI ~ 105dBm if possible) under good RF environment (without soft or softer HO) setup sequential EUL connection with 100MB continuous FTP uploading every minute till max allow EUL admission limit in each test case
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
21 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
TC 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
eulTargetRate 160 128 384 416 512 128
Note eulTargetRate = 512 kbps means that it is internally quantized at 416 for 10 ms EUL (max value for 10 ms EUL) and at 640 for 2 ms EUL (nearest multiple integer of 160 kbps) 640 is also the max value available for 2 ms EUL
Following are the quantized values per each test
eulTargetRate 1 (P6 ampP7
default)
2 (P5 default)
3 4 5 W11B Recommended
2ms 160 160 320 480 640 128
10ms 160 128 384 416 416 128
In both scenarios the W11B recommended value has been inserted for reference
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Observables (from field measurement logging tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG and Happy bit performance
Observables (GPEH)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
22 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
1 INTENAL_CELL_LOAD_MONITOR_UPDATE
2 INTERNAL_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION
3 INTERNAL_ADMISSION_CONTROL_RESPONSE
35 UL Hardware Analysis
Background
RBS hardware is one of the three types of resource handled by the EUL scheduler Although hardware on many different boards is involved a general hardware unit has been abstracted the channel element (CE) The R99 RABs have a constant bit rate and consumes a defined amount of channel elements in the RBS E-DCH has a varying bit rate and consumes channel elements in proportion to the bit rate The channel element quantization are coarser than the bitrates as defined by the allowed transport formats which means that a certain amount of channel elements is used for several bitrates
To obtain the highest transport format available in E-DCH giving up to 1376 kbps on the RLC layer two channelization codes of spreading factor 4 are needed requiring a certain number of channel elements for example 32 If 32 channel elements are not available two codes can not be allocated but only one This requires 16 channel elements The highest transport format available with one spreading factor 4 gives 672 kbps Therefore when the traffic is heavy or if the licensed amount of channel elements is low the EUL bit rate may be limited by the lack of sufficient hardware In a throughput log the situation is clearly recognizable as a restriction to 672 kbps
Handling in Soft Handover
For soft handover radio links not connected to the serving RBS channel elements are not dynamically allocated in relation to the E-DCH bit rate as described in the previous section Instead channel elements can be allocated up to a maximum number as specified by the parameter eulNonServHwRate The setting of this parameter is a trade-off between EUL hardware cost and macro diversity gain
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
23 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a low value (eg 32 kbps) the hardware cost for non-serving EUL links will be small but on the other hand macro diversity will not be supported for rates above 32 kbps This can result in a possible degradation of E-DCH coverage and throughput in soft handover areas In turn this could affect also HSDPA performance in soft handover areas since HSDPA relies on a good uplink performance for transmission of uplink acknowledgements
By setting eulNonServHwRate to a high value (eg 1376 kbps) macro diversity can be supported up to 1376 kbps given that there is hardware available The drawback with this setting is that EUL UEs which transmit at low rates occupy a huge amount of CEs which they do not utilize thereby they might waste resources and even worse prevent other EUL UEs from achieving a higher rate
Since P6 onwards the algorithm is more efficient because the HW is not anymore blindly reserved in the target cell but it is dynamically allocated (up to eulNonServHwRate) provided that it is available as described in the following figure It is important to notice that there are not intermediate step of HW allocation among eulMinHwSchRate and EulNonServHwRate
Figure 3-4 below shows the P5 to P6 enhancement concepts about the improved algorithm efficiency
Figure 3-4 Target cell HW allocation comparison among P5 and P6
The recommended value of eulNonServHwRate is 128 kbps This allows for macro diversity gain for rates up to 128 kbps something which can provide good acknowledgment rate for HSDPA rate in soft handover and at the same time it can keep the hardware cost for EUL non-serving links to a low value In cells with low channel element utilization (many free channel elements) eulNonServHwRate can be increased to allow macro diversity gain also for higher EUL rates considering that from P6 it is allocated only if available
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
24 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The parameter eulMaxShoRate sets an upper limit to the bitrate in serving cell at soft handover It is therefore complementary to eulNonServHwRate By limiting the rate in soft handover to the value of eulNonServHwRate the probability of achieving macro diversity gain can be increased Test on eulMaxShoRate are described in section 37
If the EUL is deployed together with heavy R99 traffic it could be useful to optimize ulHwAdmdlHwAdm parameters which define the admission limit for the uplink and downlink hardware usage in the cell group [Non-guaranteed non-handoverhandover] and [guaranteed non-handover] admission requests are conditionally blocked when the resource usage exceeds the these thresholds (ulHwAdm or dlHwAdm for UL or DL respectively) Guaranteed handover admission requests are blocked when the uplink (or downlink) hardware usage arrives at 100 utilization (of the licensed value) In order to control the amount of resources utilized by R99 and tray to preserve some resources for EUL these thresholds can be set to values between 90 and 95
P7 Improvements
In P7 the optional feature called ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo (FAJ 121 1334) is introduced This feature provides double Channel Element efficiency for Enhanced Uplink users through a software capacity license The improvement is valid for both low rate and high rate Enhanced Uplink users on 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI as described in the following table This feature requires a RBS configuration including RAX R2e hardware available since 2007
Table 1 CEs ladder in different releases
The test described in this section is valid regardless the feature ldquoImproved CE ladder for E-DCH on RAX R2erdquo is enabled or not enabled
Test Objective
Test aims to find the better trade off between reserved resources in target cell when the UE is in soft handover and user throughput on loaded environment
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
25 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
RBS
eulNonServHwRate
Above parameter is to be investigated (changed in value from test case to test case) all other parameters set to default value as follow
eulLowRate 32
eulMaxShoRate 5760
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
eulMaxRotCoverage 100
RNC
event1dRncThreshold 4
event1dRncOffset 0
eulServingCellUsersAdm 8
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
ulSirStepTti2 5
sirMaxTti2 173
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold 50
edpcchGainFactorUl 5
Test Description
Pre-requisite The RBSCells selection for this test case should be based on high load in the UL (recommended to be conducted on UL busy hours)
Identify two RBSs with all cells EULHS capable and an area where it is possible to keep 2 cells in the active set Stationary test in SHO area are suggested otherwise a route for drive test in mainly soft HO area has to be defined It is suggested to fill at least 1 ROP file with the measurements of 1 test case in order to get also pdf counters which give a single distribution of values per each ROP Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
26 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 (W11B recommended)
2 3 4 5 6 7
eulNonServHwRate 128 32 256 384 512 672 1472
Note In P7 (as in W11B) eulNonServHwRate default setting is 160 for 2msTTI 128 is quantized to 160 for EUL 2ms TTI connections In P6 the maximum value for this parameter is 1472 The maximum value for this parameter from P7 onwards is 5760
In a scenario with mixed EUL and R99 traffic the following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Observables (from field measurement tool)
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IPMAC throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
Refer to KPI in section 32 for EUL Throughput and resource usage monitoring
Moreover consider the following KPI from RNC [9] to evaluate test cases
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI (take both RSSI in RNC and in RBS)
UL_CREDIT_CONSUMED
UL_CREDIT_USAGE
36 G-RAKE
Background
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
27 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
A generalized RAKE (G-RAKE) receiver is introduced in the RBS to improve achievable bit rates for Enhanced Uplink in multi path radio environments The functionality is supported for configurations with and without receiver diversity The main benefit is higher uplink bit rates and more stable throughput and UL interference behaviour in multi path radio environments G-RAKE is a receiver technique that uses the correlation matrix of the received signals in the different delay taps (called fingers) to estimate the self-interference and the receiver noise The estimates are then used to suppress the self-interference As a consequence interference variation and peaks in UL are strongly reduced and this implies less power rushes higher throughput and less impact on R99 performances The G-RAKE shall be applied for E-DCH users with 2 ms TTI for the spreading factor combinations 2xSF2 and 2xSF2 + 2xSF4 GRAKE is not applied for EUL 10ms TTI G-RAKE provides improved throughput peak rate in multi-path conditions less peak in UL interference and improves the bit rate coverage for high bit rates (above 2 Mbps)
Objectives The objectives of the test are as follows
bull Demonstrate that the end user data throughput shall be higher when the G-RAKE is active and used or partly used in the active set compared to when it is not used at all in the active set (RAKE only)
bull Demonstrate also that the higher user data throughput is achieved without the UE having to increase the output power compared to when G-RAKE is not used
bull Demonstrate that UL RSSI is more stable and fewer peaks occur Description of the Test The EUL throughput can be tested with and without the G-RAKE feature enabled A comparison in term of UL throughput UL RSSI and UL Transmitted power has to be done
In addition by fixing the parameter eulMaxAllowedSchRate to different settings eg 3Mbps 4Mbps and no limit (5376 Mbps) a higher EUL throughput can be demonstrated without increasing the transmitted power Test for 2xSF2 and for 2xSF2+2xSF4 This feature requires the optional RAN features
bull FAJ 121 1317 EUL 2 ms TTI bull RBS RAX R2e hardware
Parameters Involved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
28 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
NodeBFunction featureStateGrake= ACTIVATED featureStateEul2msTti = activated Tuned eulMaxScheduledRate (see below)
Up to P6FP release the maximum UL throughput had been set to 39 Mbits ( Mac-d throughput for EUL 2msTTI) on system level via system constant eulMaxAllowedSchRate document users are advised to consult product line management(PLMPDU) for any change and update on EUL feature when designing SFI delivery service to respective MU customer
From P7 release eulMaxAllowedSchRate is no longer a system constant and turns as an operator tunable parameter Without GRAKE the default setting is 3968 With GRAKE the default setting is 4480 in P7 and 5376 in P7 FP In W11B instead the default value still remains 3968 while the recommended value changes as follows 4480 with GRAKE 3698 without GRAKE Expected Results As shown in the below Figures the EUL throughput that can be achieved in a live network (over the air - not cable) is around 4 Mbps Compared to P6 this improvement can be up to 30
Figure 3-5 GRAKE over Air
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
29 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-6 GRAKE over Cable
37 EUL Mobility
Background
EUL mobility works in the same way as HSDPA mobility and it is triggered by the same cases [12] In addition there are some new cases when a UE leaves EUL coverage and when handling E-DCH softsofter HO The serving EUL and HSDPA cells are always the same and the serving cell change is performed for both HSDPA and EUL at the same time The serving cell controls the UL and DL data transmission and schedules the rates and the users EUL is always used together with HSDPA it cannot be used stand-alone When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must support EULHSDPA The active set size must be 4 or less (default is 3) and the EUL active set is the same as the DCH active set with the condition that a non-EUL capable cell is never included
Cell Change is triggered by the same triggers as when only HSDPA is used There are several procedures to consider for EUL mobility optimization
bull E-DCH softsofter HO
bull Leaving EUL coverage
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by change of Best Cell within the Active Set
bull Serving E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change triggered by removal of the serving E-DCHHS-DSCH cell from the Active Set
bull Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
30 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull Coverage triggered downswitch to DCH
bull E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Selection This can be triggered at RAB establishment or by activity [throughput measurement] (not included in this service instruction)
If a triggered Cell Change cannot be performed then an attempt to reconfigure the connection to DCH is normally made This will happen for example when a UE leaves an area where EULHSDPA is supported or moves into external cell over Iur Coverage problems in UL or DL will also trigger a reconfiguration to DCH and then possibly an IF or IRAT HO attempt
Since P6 EULHSDPA is also supported over Iur inside the feature Mobility phase 2 It is possible to perform E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change to an external DRNC cell or to perform upswitches from DCH to EULHSDPA over Iur SoftSofter HO for A-DCH and E-DCH over Iur is supported from P5
E-DCH Softsofter HO
When EULHSDPA is active all cells in the active set must be EULHSDPA capable at all times Softsofter HO for E-DCH works as normal rel99 DCH softsofter HO and the same parameters are used for the various events
The difference is that a non-EUL capable cell is never included in the active set while EUL is used An event report that is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set shall be ignored while EUL is used unless the calculated event 1d-RNC is triggered This also applies to external DRNC cells which are always regarded as non-EUL capable and are never included in the active set
If the non-EUL cell is later reported strong enough by the periodic event reports a reconfiguration to DCHHSDPA will be triggered thereafter the cell shall be addedreplaced into the active set by softsofter HO This procedure is better described following in this section
If softsofter HO triggers a removalreplacement of the serving EULHSDPA cell from the active set then a serving Cell Change will first be performed thereafter the cell removalreplacement shall be executed by softsofter HO
When EUL is active the RBS scheduler will decrease the maximum allowed rate when entering softsofter HO and raise the allowed rate back to maximum again when there is only one RL in the active set
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
31 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
E-DCH softsofter HO must keep track of how many RBSs in the active set and inform the RBS scheduler through the frame protocol The RBS then internally keeps track of if it is in softer HO or not The scheduler then knows if one RL (allow maximum rate for EUL) or more than one RL is involved in the active set In case there is at least a RL in Soft handover (not softer) then the rate is limited by the parameter eulMaxShoRate
The optimal value of the parameter depends on the extension of the overlapping regions for the particular network and the level of coverage in those areas The more the SHO regions are extended the larger is the limitation in UL bit rate Hence the higher has to be the value of the parameter in order to not dramatically impact performance On the other hand if the coverage level of the overlapping regions is bad allowing more UL throughput in SHO might affect UL interference Additionally the higher is the allowed throughput the higher will be the CEs resource utilization So it is suggested to set the parameter to values higher than 28Mbps (which is the maximum rate in the range of 32 CEs if P7 Channel element ladder license is present otherwise corresponds to 64 CEs refer to table 1) only in Dense Urban areas and in case CEs is not a limiting factor Otherwise a value between 14 and 28 can be chosen
Leaving EUL coverage and event 1d-RNC
When a EUL user moves into a cell where EUL is not supported the connection must be firstly reconfigured to DCH in UL so that the non-EUL cell then can be added to the active set
This is triggered by monitoring periodic 1a and 1c event reports requesting to add the non-EUL cell to the active set If event1dRncThreshold number of consecutive event1a andor event1c reports are received requesting to add the same non-EUL capable cell and where all the reports are event1dRncOffset stronger than the current serving cell then a reconfiguration to DCH in UL is triggered When the connection has been reconfigured to DCHHSDPA ie without EUL then softsofter HO shall execute the latest 1a or 1c report and add or replace the non-EUL cell to the active set
The sensitivity of this trigger that is how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell can be adjusted with the parameters event1dRncThreshold and event1dRncOffset If event1dRncThreshold = 0 then event 1d-RNC shall never be triggered The event 1d-RNC evaluation and calculation shall be restarted if the actions initiated by a previous event 1d-RNC failed and the connection remains on E-DCH
If an event report is proposing to add a non-EUL cell to the active set but the addition is not performed for any reason (eg admission) and meanwhile the cell fulfills the releaseConnOffset parameter the connection shall be released since the cell cannot be added immediately
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
32 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the switch to DCH in UL fails the connection shall be released
E-DCHHS-DSCH Cell Change
Cell change for a EULHSDPA connection is similar to the DCHHSDPA cell change specified above The EUL and HSDPA serving cells is always the same cell and cell change is performed for both at the same time The same licenses and parameters apply as specified for HSDPA The same triggers for a possible reconfiguration to DCH are used and the same actions are used for failures
The differences are specified below
A cell change can be performed to a Suitable E-DCHHS-DSCH cell which means an intra-RNC cell in the active set that supports both HSDPA and EUL While using E-DCHHS-DSCH all cells in the active set support both HSDPA and EUL at all times
Admission control is done for E-DCH in all cells in the current active set before a cell change
Event 1c handling for EUL is for some cases different compared to DCHHSDPA When an Event 1c is requesting the serving EULHS cell to be replaced the following cases shall be handled
1 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a EUL capable cell then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS After a successful CC softsofter HO shall be executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
2 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC has not triggered Then no action is performed ie softsofter HO shall not add a non-EUL cell to the AS
3 If the serving EULHS cell is requested to be replaced with a non-EUL capable cell and the calculated event 1d-RNC is also triggered (ie the cell is strong enough) then perform a serving EULHSDPA cell change to the best of the other cells in the AS then reconfigure the connection to DCHHS then softsofter HO is executed to replace the new cell into the AS removing the previous serving cell
Downswitch from 2ms TTI to 10 ms TTI
In P6FP reconfiguration from 2msTTI to 10msTTI is not supported
In P7 this feature is enhanced especially regarding mobility issues Reconfigurations between EUL 2ms TTI and EUL 10ms TTI are then supported at
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
33 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
- Entering a cell with 10 ms TTI support only
- Lack of Channel Elements in target cell at soft handover
- Change of serving cell when maximum numbers of 2 ms TTI users is exceeded (eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2)
- UL Coverage based switch UL based on event 6d
- DL Coverage based switch based on event 2d (reconfiguration to 10ms only if IRATIF for HS enabled)
- Soft Congestion triggered by DCH guaranteed
This allows getting the following benefits bull Improved end user performance at mobility by switching between 2 ms
and 10 ms TTI when leaving a 2 ms TTI capable cell entering a 10 ms TTI only capable cell
bull Improved handover success rate by switching from 2 ms to 10 ms if
target cell RBS has low Channel Element resources
bull Enhanced coverage with coverage based switch to 10ms TTI
Test Objective
Scenario 1 EUL Soft HO
Evaluate the parameters eulMaxShoRate eulNonServHwRate impact on EUL soft HO performance and cell change time performance (taken from event 1d to PhysicalChannelReconfigurationComplete)
The test case is valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
Scenario 2 EUL out of coverage
Evaluate the sensitivity of out of EUL coverage triggers ie how long the user can keep the EUL connection when driving into a non-EUL cell
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
Evaluate the performance when 2 ms EUL mobility is blocked due to admission problem in high load situations
Parameters
RBS
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
34 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
eulMaxShoRate
eulNonServHwRate
eulMaxOwnUuLoad set to default 80 (8dBm)
eulMaxRotCoverage set to default 100 (10dBm)
RNC
eulServingCellUsersAdm set to 8 for max 8 users admission in scenario 1 and 2 It is tuned in scenario 3
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 set to default 70 (for EUL 2ms)
ulSirStepTti2 set to default 5 (for EUL 2ms)
sirMaxTti2 set to default 173 (for EUL 2ms)
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold set to 50
edpcchGainFactorUl set to 5
eulNonServHwRate The amount of hardware resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamically may be allocated to a non-serving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data
event1dRncThreshold specifies how many consecutive event 1a or 1c measurement reports from the same non-EUL cell that is required to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
event1dRncOffset specifies how much better a reported non-EUL capable cell must be compared to the current serving cell in order to fulfill the conditions for the calculated 1d-RNC event
Test Description
The test case valid for 2msTTI and 10msTTI
In order to successfully implement the test a suitable drive route in a test cluster to be identified The cluster should comprise of mix cell type of EULHS capable cell (2ms and 10ms TTI) DCHHS capable cell and normal R99 only cell (alternatively the criteria can be artificially created by turn off cell capability) The route should be designed in such that the test case can be conducted in the following possible scenarios
Scenario 1 Soft HO Inter RBS EULHS to EULHS transition
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
35 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulMaxShoRate 1472 2880 4320 5760
Identify two RBS with all cells are EULHS capable define a route (only soft HO area) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 2 Out of EUL coverage EULHS to DCHHS or DCHDCH transition
Test Case 1 (Default)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
event1dRncThreshold 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 3
event1dRncOffset 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
Identify a route with mix of cells that EUL and non-EUL capable define a route (EUL -gt DCHHS or DCHDCH -gt EUL) for drive test to perform several laps of measurement for each test case Log in TEMS (or any field measurement tool) with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Scenario 3 EUL limited mobility due to admission problems
For Eul 10 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eulServingCellUsersAdm 4 6 8 16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
36 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
For Eul 2 ms TTI the following test can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2
2 3 1
eulServingCellUsersAdmTTI2 = 1 can be used especially in indoor cells where performance with two 2ms user is not different from two 10ms users
Identify a route with mix of cells 10ms TTI and 2ms TTI capable and enough loaded In order to identify the cells check if the counters pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEul and pmNoServingCellReqDeniedEulTT2 are triggered Log in TEMS with EUL UE performing continuous FTP upload of 100Mbyte file (or any field measurement tool) activate RBS RNC PM counters and UETR and GPEH (optional) event measurement log IP throughput in Wireshark
Observables (from field measurement tool )
1 EUL connection Ue Tx Power Distribution
2 EUL IP throughput performance distribution
3 EUL ETFCI ACKNACK Rate AG RG performance
4 EUL Cell Change Time
KPI from Counters
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
EUL_INT_USER_UL_THROUGH
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_DATA
EUL_HARQ_RETRAN_RATE_SRB
EUL_CC_SUCC_RATE
EUL_DCH_SUCC_RATE
UL_AVE_RSSI
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
37 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
38 EUL single HARQ process scheduling and EUL Scheduler Enhancement
W10B bring innovative solutions to overcome the impact of increased number of 2ms EUL User and improve perceived user experience
bull FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
ndash Utilization-based load estimation
ndash CE improvement during Soft Handover
o Static part (8CE for 2ms 1CE for 10ms)+Dynamic part
o Currently depends on eulNonServHwRate
bull FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
ndash Lower minimum rate for 2ms TTI _ 160kbps to 20kbps
ndash Higher cell capacity with more low latency users
The first feature (EUL Scheduler enhancements) targets EUL scheduler improvements during soft and softer handover as well as overload situations It has also been enhanced to support utilization based load estimation
Users such as those performing web browsing are mostly inactive on the UL and need only a small amount of resource occasionally In this case the minimum grants they hold are not efficiently used This means that only a limited number of 2 ms TTI users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time and as such benefit from the lower latency with 2 ms TTI
This feature tries to recover part of the unused Uu resources that have been granted to such users
Soft handover improvement is realized by splitting the Channel Element CE allocation in the Non-Serving cell into one static part and one dynamic part The static part is a minimum level of CEs needed to setup an EUL Radio Link and is required in the target Radio Base Station (RBS) in order to succeed in the admission procedure The sum of the static and dynamic parts is the amount of CEs needed to support the maximum bit rate allowed in the Non Serving cell This bit rate can be configured by the operator The dynamic part is however only allocated if there are CEs available A higher bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell improves the performance of macro diversity combining With this feature the operator can use a high bit rate CE allocation in the Non Serving cell without a higher risk of blocking at handovers As such the overall end user performance is enhanced
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
38 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Softer Handover improvement is realized by taking the NBAP protocols Multiple Radio Link Sets Indicator into account in the scheduler An operator configurable parameter controls the maximum bit rate during handover but only if the number of Radio Link Sets is more than one With this feature bit rates during softer handover can be improved
Overload improvement is realized through the introduction of a new operator configurable parameter controlling the bit rate allowed during overload situation As such it is possible to improve performance of end user applications that require eg TCP ACKs in the uplink If the overload situation is not resolved with these actions further reduction actions are taken down to zero uplink bit rate This feature improves the end user performance during overload situations
Utilization based load estimation has been introduced for users holding a low bit rate grant eg 160 kbps and below With this solution the load estimation is based on the resources actually being used rather than what has been granted This enhancement allows unused air interface resources to be recovered and used either for scheduling more users or for increasing the cell throughput by giving the resources to those who need them This is especially beneficial in scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of low uplink activity users (eg Web users)
The following picture shows as inefficient minimum scheduling granted rate can affect EUL performances since less available resources will be left for other EUL users
Figure 3-7 EUL resources usage when feature is disabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
39 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
By enabling the feature the resources taken into account for low rate users will be the really utilized ones which will allow having more available room to schedule other EUL users
Figure 3-8 EUL resources usage when feature is active
EUL Single HARQ process scheduling comes in order to solve the following issues
ndash The high minimum cost for scheduling low rate users on 2-ms E-DCH
ndash A grant for 160 kbps is needed for transmitting one 40-byte PDU
ndash Limited number of 2-ms users can be given a non-zero grant at any one time
ndash If there are more users than the Uu resource can handled then EUL users have to take turn to stay on zero-rate which will have adverse impact on their latency
3GPP Rel-6 ldquoper HARQ processrdquo functionality of the 2-ms Absolute Grant makes it possible to grant one out of the eight HARQ process for single 2ms user In principle up to 8 users can share the same Uu resource provided that granted HARQ processes can be spread uniformly in time The 20-kbps step can save considerable scheduling capacity for users who have little to send (eg web users who want to transmit HTTP requests)
If the feature is not activated one single user can be scheduled to send a 40byte PDU for each HARQ process resulting in a 160Kbps maximum throughput
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
40 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-9 normal HARQ process scheduling for a single user
When this feature is enabled one single-HARQ-process grant is introduced (only for the lowest non-zero grant) This grant allows one 40-byte PDU to be transmitted every 8 subframes which in effect reduces the minimum rate from 160 kbps to 20 kbps enabling more users to be scheduled during that time and reducing UL resource usage
Figure 3-10 single HARQ process scheduling when feature is active
The 20-kbps step created by a single-HARQ-process grant is used mainly during overloaded situations where there is not enough resource to grant 160kbps to every user
During overload situation the following will happen
ndash Overload actions for 2-ms users will first stop at 160 kbps
ndash If further action is needed users will be sent down to zero-rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
41 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash Only if a user becomes unhappy then and the resource situation allows will it be given the single-HARQ-process grant
In W10B 8 CE will be allocated for 2ms EUL Capable UE with single-HARQ-process (20kbps) but improvement will come in later SW releases bringing to a minimum CE cost of 1 for PS Interactive RABs configured on 2-ms E-DCH
o Initial ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps depends on operator parameter eul2msFirstSchedStep
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = ON _ Initial rate is 20 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
ndash eul2msFirstSchedStep = OFF _ Initial rate is 160 kbps for 2ms EUL UEs CE consumption 8 CE
o Ramp-up from zero-kbps to 20kbps after overload situation depends on feature activation
Figure 3-11 EUL ramp-up scheduling rate procedures when feature is active
Prerequisites
RAN Features
ndash FAJ 121 1135 EUL Scheduler enhancements
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
42 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
ndash FAJ 121 1443 EUL Single HARQ process scheduling
rsaquo FAJ 121 1023 Enhanced Uplink Introduction Package
rsaquo FAJ 121 1317 Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI
rsaquo Hardware
ndash Both features requires RAX2E
ndash DUW will be supported in W10B CU3 GA
rsaquo UE
ndash 3GPP Rel 6 UEs with 2ms TTI capability required (basic EUL capability)
ndash Chance that existing UEs may not support it hence early communication with UE vendors is beneficial
Test Objective
Test aims to assess the performance of the network in terms of R99EUL accessibility EUL throughput and RSSI when the features are activated
Parameters
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant
eul2msFirstSchedStep
Test description
These features will be important for supporting scenarios with high numbers of users per cell where there is a significant fraction of inactive users who will otherwise be occupying seldom-used resources
Especially in test case 4 the number of non-zero grant user is supposed to increase while RoT and UL CEs are supposed to decrease
Test Case 1 2 3 4
EulschedulerEfficiency OFF ON ON ON
featureStatePerHarqProcessGran OFF OFF ON ON
eul2msFirstSchedStep 160 160 160 20
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
43 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
KPI observability
Regarding EUL performances the following KPI are suggested to be used
Moreover the accessibility KPI for R99 users have to be monitored
39 Enhanced Uplink transmission CPC
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC provides the means to improve the terminal power consumption and increase the uplink air interface capacity The feature covers a number of functionalities introduced with Continuous Packet Connectivity in 3GPP release 7
The benefits of the feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC include
bull Lower power consumption for inactive terminals configured with HSDSCH E-DCH
bull Increase uplink air interface capacity by reducing control channel signaling overhead when terminals are not sending receiving data
bull Always on experience for end-users by providing the possibility to keep the users on CELL_DCH state for a longer time
KPI FormulaMAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Net (pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 )
(0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )MAC-e_EUL_Scheduled_Cell_Throughput_Gross ( pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumAckedBitsCellEulTti2 +
pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti10 + pmSumNackedBitsCellEulTti2 ) ( 0002 pmNoActive2msIntervalsEul )
MAC_HS_Cell _SchedTh_Net pmSumAckedBitsSpiXX (0002 (pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX))
MAC_HS_Cell_SchedTh_Gross pmSumTransmittedBitsSpiXX (0002 ( pmNoActiveSubFramesSpiXX + pmNoInactiveRequiredSubFramesSpiXX ) )
EUL_UL_Interference_limit pmNoAllowedEul EUL_UL_Uu_Load_Limit pmNoUlUuLoadLimitEul EUL_Uu_Load_Estimate pmLEDchTot EUL_Uu_Headroom_Estimate pmLMaxEDch EUL_Rise_Over_Thermal pmTotalRotCoverageEUL_intra_cell_noise_rise pmOwnUuLoadEUL_Users_Cap_Alloc_FR 100 pmCapacityAllocAttServEDchUsers
pmCapacityAllocRejServEDchUsers EUL non zero grant users pmNoSchEdchEulServing_EDCH_Users pmCapacityServEdchUsersServing_EDCH_Users_Avg pmSumCapacityServEDchUser pmSamplesCapacityServEDchUser
Serving_EDCH_Users_Stdev sqrt ( ( pmSumSqrCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ) - ( ( pmSumCapacityServEdchUsers pmSamplesCapacityServEdchUsers ^ 2) )
EUL_UL_CE_Usage pmHwCePoolEul EUL_UL_HW_Limit pmNoUlHwLimitEul
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
44 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Packet data traffic is bursty with irregular periods of transmission activity From a user experience perspective it is of interest to keep the HSDSCH and E-DCH configured so that user data can quickly be transmitted
On the other hand maintaining a user in that state has a cost for both the network and the terminal
bull Network on the uplink the shared resource is the interference headroom per cell A terminal configured with E-DCH is transmitting continuously the control channel DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel) even in absence of data transmission As a consequence the uplink air interface capacity would be reduced in scenarios where a high number of users are connected per cell
bull Terminal even in absence of data transmission a UE (user equipment) configured with HS-DSCHE-DCH needs to monitor the HS-SCCH channel and transmit the DPCCH uplink control channel continuously Therefore power consumption is the main concern
To reduce power consumption and maximize air interface capacity WCDMA has several states With the introduction of CPC the intention is to reduce the terminal power consumption in CELL_DCH state and increase the uplink air interface capacity From another angle at equal power consumption and capacity CPC allows an always on experience for end users by keeping the UE in CELL_DCH state for a longer time The trade-off between these two benefits is configurable by the operator These improvements are supported in combination with HSPA ie when the UE is configured with HS-DSCH E-DCH Both EUL 2ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are supported
The feature Enhanced uplink transmission CPC covers the following functionalities within the 3GPP release-7 Continuous Packet Connectivity
bull Uplink discontinuous transmission
bull CQI reporting reduction
bull Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
The downlink discontinuous reception functionality is covered by the feature FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced downlink reception CPC
Uplink discontinuous transmission (UL DTX)
As mentioned above the uplink shared resource is the interference headroom in the cell Up until 3GPP release 6 a UE configured with EDCHsends continuously the DPCCH uplink control channel Therefore when no data is being transmitted the interference generated by a UE is entirely due to the DPCCH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
45 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
With UL DTX the UE is ordered by the RNC to periodically switch off the transmission of DPCCH if no data is to be transmitted The DPCCH can not be switched off completely due to power control and synchronization
If data needs to be transmitted the UE behaviour is the same as in 3GPP release 6 When inactive the UE transmits a DPCCH burst according to the UE DTX cycle The UE DTX cycle is configured by the RNC in the UE and in the NodeB It defines when to transmit the DPCCH When the UE is transmitting data the DPCCH is transmitted continuously irrespectively of the UE DTX cycle As a consequence the benefits of the UL DTX in terms of reduced interference and decreased power utilization increase with the burstiness of the traffic
CQI reporting reduction
The HS-DPCCH is the control channel for the HS-DSCH It is used to transmit hybrid ARQ (automatic repeat request) acknowledgment together with the CQI reports (channel quality indicator)
The CQI reports represent a certain overhead when no data is being transmitted on the HS-DSCH With the CQI reporting reduction the transmission of those reports depends on whether there has been a recent HS-DSCH transmission or not If no data has been transmitted on the HS-DSCH for a certain period (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) CQI reports are transmitted only if they coincide in time with the DPCCH bursts described in the above
The CQI reporting reduction functionality thus allows decreasing further the control signalling overhead for bursty downlink traffic As for the UL DTX the power consumption and capacity benefits increase with the burstiness of the traffic
Discontinuous reception in the NodeB
UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction allows a significant reduction of the control signalling overhead for an inactive UE configured on HS-DSCH E-DCH However these two functionalities do not restrict the E-DCH transmission starting point data can be transmitted at any time Therefore small bursts of data transmitted in the middle of the UE DTX cycle could impact the benefits on the air interface capacity
To maximize the UL DTX and CQI reporting reduction benefits the discontinuous reception in the NodeB is supported This functionality allows the network to configure the UE so that E-DCH transmissions start only according to the UE DTX cycle A certain time after the last E-DCH transmission (this period is configured in the UE and RBS by the RNC) the restriction takes effect and the UE can only start transmitting in the uplink according to the UE DTX cycle
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
46 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
This feature is new in the WCDMA RAN W10 release DUW and mobility support is added in W11B
With CPC active the UE can be configured to switch off the UL DPCCH when there is no data to transmit eg web browsing
Figure 3-12 UL DPCCH activity time comparison between Non CP and CPC users
The UE can also be configured to switch off its receiver when there is no data to receive this is called Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UE then switches on its receiver during short bursts at regular time instants (DRX cycle also called HS-SCCH reception pattern)
When doing DRX the UE is not required to receive physical downlink channels other than F-DPCH
Refer to HSDPA Technical guideline for technical details and test proposals related to Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
The UL DPCCH is not the only control channel which has been modified for CPC The CQI reports in the HS-DPCCH channel can also be DTXed after a certain period of HSDPA inactivity This principle is called CQI reduction in the 3GPP specifications
The reduction occurs when the first symbol in the CQI field does not overlap with the DPCCH burst transmissions of the current DTX cycle see X
The CQI reporting reduction function will reduce the HS-DPCCH load in UL and can improve the UL air capacity Also it will give a benefit on the CPC gain on battery since it will transmit much less CQI report when the user is inactive
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
47 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-13 Illustration of the CQI reporting reduction If the beginning of the CQI field overlaps the DPCCH burst transmission pattern then the CQI is transmitted Otherwise it is muted
Figure 3-14 presents an illustration of all the different functionalities presented so far in a time perspective Moreover we introduce the main thresholds used for activityinactivity
Below are given some details about the scenarios pictured in figure 3-14
- When some activity happens on the HS-DSCH the timer CqiDtxTimer is initialized Upon expiration the CQI reporting reduction is started and thus the UE transmits a given CQI only if the CQI report overlaps with the DPCCH burst
- After the last data is transmitted on the E-DCH the UE has a window of macInactivityThresh to transmit without restriction (timer reinitialize after each transmission) When the timer expires the MAC DTX is started and the UE can only transmit on the E-DCH at the macDtxCycle pattern (which could be equal to the DTX cycle 1 pattern)
- If no data has been transmitted on the E-DCH for inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 (or inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10) after the last transmission the UE goes to DTX cycle 2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
48 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Figure 3-14 CPC Timing
A separate operator configurable parameter is introduced for CPC users in order to trigger a down switch from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
A separate timer is necessary as having non CPC users longer on CELL_DCH would create more interference while for CPC user is possible to increase the time they are connected in CELL_DCH state without affecting interference too much
Prerequisites
A cell is CPC-capable if bull The license state ldquolicenseStateCpcldquo is enabled in the RBS bull The feature state ldquofeatureStateCpcrdquo is activated in the RBS bull The HW can support CPC in the RBS bull The cell is F-DPCH capable bull The cell is EUL and HS capable
Software
bull W10B or W11B Software
bull CPC license activated on the RBS
bull SRB on HS feature activated
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
49 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull F-DPCH feature activated
Hardware
bull RAX R2e(RAX 3E) or RAX R2(RAX TK)
bull UE CPC capable Release 7 or above
Activation
The feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced Uplink Transmission CPC is activated by installing and activating the license in the RBS Furthermore the feature is activated on per cell basis by setting the featureStateCpc parameter to activated
This will also activate FAJ 121 1476 Enhanced Downlink Reception CPC
The following parameters must be tuned for Iur support Select the support for CPC over Iur through the IurLink cellCapabilityControlcpcSupport and ExternalUtranCell cellCapabilitycpcSupport parameters (default setting is to not allow CPC over Iur)
Test Objective
With the CPC features a separate HSDPA inactivity timer for channel switching from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH for CPC users hsdschInactivityTimerCpc is introduced in addition to the existing HSDPA inactivity timer hsdschInactivityTimerCpc for the non-CPC HSDPA users Therefore the operator has the opportunity to configure separate HSDPA inactivity timers allowing to balance between the UE battery consumption and network load based on CPC or non-CPC UE capabilities
By setting the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter to a high value the CPC UE will stay longer on CELL_DCH before switching down to CELL_FACH at inactivity This will in most cases be perceived as an always on experience for the end user with lower latency and reduce the number of channel switches When using a higher value on the HSDPA inactivity timer the number of allowed HSDPA users needs to be increased in order to avoid unnecessary HSDPA blocking It is recommended to avoid too long inactivity timer values for CPC in a HW limited situation to avoid the possible degradation on the accessibility KPI A lower value for the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter can give a potentially higher number of HSDPA users but the network will have an increase in the number of channel switches between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
50 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Parameters
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
hsdschInactivityTimer
eHichMinCodePower
hsScchMinCodePower
deltaCQI1 deltaCqi2 deltaAck1 deltaAck2 deltaNack1 deltaNack2
Test description
The default value of the hsdschInactivityTimerCpc parameter is 5 seconds for CPC users and is longer than the default value of the hsdschInactivityTimer parameter of 2 seconds for non-CPC users
Test Case 1 2 3 4
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc 5 10 15 10
hsdschInactivityTimer 2 2 2 1
With the introduction of DTX in CPC the HS-SCCH and E-HICH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If any degraded detection success rate or detection performance is experienced when using CPC minimum HS-SCCH or E-HICH power levels can be tuned
If the feature FAJ 121 1389 Enhanced uplink transmission is used the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced which means that the E-HICH power control may receive less input If experiencing degraded ACKNACK detection performance the minimum E-HICH power can be increased This is done by increasing the eHichMinCodePower parameter
Test Case 1 2 3 4
eHichMinCodePower -22 -20 -18 -16
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
51 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
DTX of the HS-DPCCH means that the dynamic HS-SCCH power control may receive less frequent input as the reporting frequency of CQIs from the UE can be reduced If experiencing degraded HS-SCCH detection success rate the minimum HS-SCCH power can be increased This is done by increasing the hsScchMinCodePower parameter Refer to HSDPA technical guideline for test proposals
Initial investigations have shown that the HS-DPCCH can be made robust using the recommended parameter settings for these power offset parameters as described in following Table 4
Table Recommended Values for Power Offset Parameters
Parameter Recommended Value deltaCqi1 4 deltaCqi2 6 deltaAck1 5 deltaAck2 7 deltaNack1 5 deltaNack2 7
KPI observabilities
In RNC
UtrancellpmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Sum of all sample values recorded during a ROP for the number of established E-DCH radio bearers with CPC activated measured in serving cell
Utrancell pmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
Number of samples recorded within the ROP for pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpc
The average no of CPC users can be obtained with the formula
pmSumBestPsEulRabEstCpcpmSamplesBestPsEulRabEstCpc
UtrancellpmTotNoRrcConnectUeCapability
Number of times that a UE with certain capabilities has successfully setup an RRC connection
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
52 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[0] A-GPS positioning support
[1] HS-DSCH support all UE categories
[2] HS-DSCH 10 and 15 codes support UE category 7-10 and 13-18
[3] HS-DSCH 64 QAM support UE category 13-14
[4] HS-DSCH MIMO support UE category 15-16
[5] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (not simultaneously) UE category 17-18
[6] HS-DSCH MIMO and 64 QAM support (simultaneously) UE category 19-20
[7] E-DCH support all UE categories
[8] E-DCH support 2ms TTI UE category 2 4 6 and 7
[9] E-DCH 16 QAM support UE category 7
[10] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 16QAM support UE category 21-22
[11] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier support and 64QAM support UE category 23-24
[12] F-DPCH support
[13] Enhanced F-DPCH support
[14] E-UTRA TDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[15] E-UTRA FDD capability (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[16] E-UTRA TDD and FDD capabilities (stepped only if included in IE Pre-redirection info in the RRC Connection Request message)
[17] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 16QAM support UE category 25-26
[18] HS-DSCH Multi Carrier with MIMO support and 64QAM support UE category 27-28
[19] HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH (Rel-7)
[20] DPCCH Discontinuous Transmission support (Rel-7)
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
53 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
[21] Support of HS-DSCH DRX operation (Rel-8)
In RBS
UplinkBaseBandPoolpmCpcUlActivityFactor
The distribution of the uplink control channel (DPCCH) activity factor for CPC activated E-DCH connections as a percentage of time This counter shall give on a per connection basis the ratio between the number of slots where the UL DPCCH is transmitted and the total number of slots during the connection The counter will accumulate all CPC users
20 bins ranging [0 5 10hellip 100]
For further details abot W11B CPC Functionality see also WCDMA SFI W11B Technical Guideline HSDPA
310 Soft congestion of EUL 2ms users
Background
In the WRAN product before W11B RABs mapped on the EUL transport channel E-DCH are not targeted in case there is an UL RN soft congestion situation on the UL RBS HW resource Although the connections using EUL are allocating mainly remaining UL RBS HW resources by the EUL scheduler they do however always consume a minimum UL RBS HW which especially in the case of 2ms TTI may be considerable These minimum UL RBS HW resources will not be available for other higher priority users in case of an UL soft congestion situation
By enabling the feature FAJ 121 1401 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users (W11B) a guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed users of any ARP priority
The benefits of this feature are
bull Provides lower cost (in channel elements) per subscriber for 2ms TTI capable devices
bull More users on EUL can be served per licensed hardware in the RBS
2ms EUL is non-guaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources This will lower the cost in terms of Channel Elements (CEs) per subscriber for EUL users
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
54 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The down switching is based on ARP priority handling mechanisms At RAB establishment at channel switching at inter-frequency handover at incoming IRAT handover or at establishment of a signalling connection the request for additional UL RBS HW resources for a guaranteed or nonguaranteed RAB with a higher ARP priority may trigger a reconfiguration of a 2ms TTI EUL connection to a 10ms TTI EUL configuration All request connections (except 2ms EUL flows) with equal ARP priority as the target connections will be able to trigger reconfiguration of a 2ms EUL user to 10 ms EUL when the request is for additional UL RBS HW In this case a rejected 2ms EUL will try on 10ms EUL The guaranteed user can down-switch non-guaranteed user of any ARP priority 2ms EUL is nonguaranteed and can hence be reconfigured to 10ms EUL by any guaranteed user asking for additional UL RBS HW resources
The candidate connection for freeing-up resources (by reconfiguring 10ms to 2ms) need to be a connection with the serving cell the same as the cell where the lack of UL HW resources (CE) was detected
The utilization of UL RBS HW is monitored in the SRNC The monitoring is based on a 3GPP standardized consumption model where the RBS node provides a set of consumption laws and a total consumption credit to the RNC
Figure 3-15 CEs usage per service in different CE ladder
Only one of the consumption ladders for DCH (CL RAX3 and CL RAX2) and EUL (CL EUL1 CL EUL3) are licensedactive in the RBS at the same time and communicated to the RNC Hence the RNC knows only about one EUL ladder regardless of if there are boards with different EUL ladders installed in the RBS
RN soft congestion of 2ms EUL flows introduced by this feature implies going from SF4 to SF32 which means in term of CE cost saving related to the particular CE ladder
bull EUL ladder 1 16 ndash 3 = 13 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 2 16 ndash 2 = 14 UL CEs saved
bull EUL ladder 3 8 ndash 1 = 7 UL CEs saved
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
55 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the connection is over Iur the down-switch from 2ms to 10ms cannot be performed (due to RN Soft Congestion control) regardless if it is the serving or the non-serving RBS to detect this request to free up UL
In case there is a shortage in UL RBS HW the system behavior is described by the following graph
This feature is not designed to first switch EUL 2ms users to EUL 10ms (before any Rel99 is switched down) or the other way around rarr EUL 2ms users can also be switched to 10 in order to reduce UL HW consumption but the order is not defined between EUL and Rel99 users
The most-ASE-first rule applies within one internal processor so normally Rel99 connections that consume more UL HW will be switched down firstsers in a cell are distributed among different processors
EUL connection will be selected to be switched down first
Figure 3-16 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users flow chart
Prerequisites
EULHS capability needs to be activated
The feature Enhanced Uplink 2ms TTI (FAJ 121 1317) needs to be installed and activated
Activation
Order and install FAJ 121 1401 RN Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users with license key CXC 403 0067 in the RNC
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
56 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
Activate the feature by setting the featureState parameter for RncFeature=SoftCong2msEulChannelElements to 1 (ON)
The parameter IublinkulHwAdm must be less than 100 or the feature will not work
Test Objective
Test aims to mainly to verify and assess how the feature works and the impact that it has on the accessibilityretainability performance of the network Moreover the Ul HW admission limit can be tuned in order to get the desired performance
Parameters
RncFeatureSoftCong2msEulChannelElements
IublinkulHwAdm
Test description
Identify from counter pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects due to UL HW and EUL 2ms capable
The following test cases can be executed
Test Case 1 2 3
ulHwAdmdlHwAdm 100 95 90
Where the configuration with UlHwAdm= 100 can be considered as the baseline (feature off) since it will disable the Soft congestion downswitch
By monitoring the counter pmNoRabDownswSoftCongPsIntEul it is possible to count the number of rate downswitches for the PS Interactive EUL 2ms TTI RAB due to soft congestion By correlating this counter with pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw it is possible to assess how much the feature is affecting accessibility Moreover the classical accessibility KPIs can be compared among test
The following impacts on the network can be seen
bull Channel switching intensity will increase slightly (especially from 2ms EUL to 10ms EUL)
bull More 10ms TTI EUL subscribers may be observed
bull Accessibility should improve
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
57 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull The following UtranCell counters may show an increase
pmNoSuccRbReconfPsIntHs
pmNoSuccRbReconfOrigPsIntEul
pmDownSwitchSuccess
pmPsIntHsToFachSucc
bull The following UtranCell counters may show a decrease
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHwBest
pmNoFailedRabEstAttemptLackUlHw
The GPEH event INTERNAL_SYSTEM_BLOCK may be triggered less often
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
Refer to [9] for the following KPI
15 UL RSSI Analysis
16 RRC Establishment success
17 CS RAB Establishment success
18 PS RAB Establishment success
19 HS RAB Establishment success
20 EUL RAB Establishment success
21 Speech Drop
22 PS Drop
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
58 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
311 UL efficiency - DCHEUL load balancing
This feature introduces load balancing between DCH and EUL users in order to improve EUL user throughput during Uu congestion in the uplink
Without this feature EUL traffic adapts to the available resources not being used by DCH traffic Occasionally this can result in too little headroom for the EUL users
Figure 3-17 DCHEUL load balancing background
Scenario 1 Limited resources for EUL users
Scenario 2 EUL starvation
This feature is designed to avoid EUL starvation and balance UL resources for EUL and DCH A new state of ldquoEUL congestionrdquo is introduced and can be reached when the average rate for EUL users is below a certain threshold for a specified time The RBS monitors the EUL throughput and reports it to the RNC via the NBAP measurement report If congestion is detected the RNC will initiate congestion resolution action
There are three EUL states
bull Uncongested
bull Detected Congestion
bull High Congestion
These are determined by EUL-level parameters in the RNC
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Noise rise
eulMaxRotCoverage
DCH
EUL
Thermal Noise floor estimation
Other cell Interference
1
ExternalInterference
2
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
59 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
bull eulDchBalancingLoad
bull eulDchBalancingOverload
The congestion resolution actions depend on which state the cell is in as described in the following chart
Congestion-resolving actions performed by the RNC include
bull Switch DCH users to a lower rate (but not lower than the lowest DCH UL rate)
bull DCH-DCH channel upswitch is not allowed
bull RAB establishment on EUL and high DCH rate attempts are rejected but after retry setup on lowest DCH is possible (HS cell change and handover requests are always admitted)
bull If the EUL headroom is too low the system will support assignment of uplink bearer to DCH instead of EUL
These actions on target non-guaranteed RABs on DCH and can down switch those RABs one step at a time to the lowest DCH rate
eulDchBalancingLoad
eulDchBalancingOverload
Admission requests admitted congestion resolving action not running
Admission requests admitted + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
Admission requests for EUL and DCH (not lowest DCH rate) blocked (retry on lowest DCH rateHS) + congestion resolving action triggered + UL upswitch blocked
EUL_State = Uncongested
EUL_State = DetectedCongestion
EUL_State = HighCongestion
Time
EUL Scheduled rate
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
60 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
If the EUL parameter eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong is set to 1 (ON) and eulDchBalancingOverload gt 0 then speech can be blocked if there is no ongoing connection to target for downswitch or release Emergency calls are not affected
The result is that the service quality of existing EUL users becomes better
EUL congestion is resolved when the EUL throughput is above a certain threshold for a specified time
Prerequisites
This feature requires the optional RAN feature Enhanced Uplink Introduction (FAJ 121 970)
Activation
Activate the feature in the RBS on the RbsLocalCell
set RbsLocalCell featureStateDchEulBalancing 1
Activate the feature on the EUL level in the RNC
- set Eul eulDchBalancingEnabled 1
Set eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong to 1 (ON) to enable triggering of soft congestion when the cell is in high EUL congested state If set to ON and the cell is in high congested state trigger Soft congestion to release the requested amount of UL ASE If set to OFF Rab establishment on EUL or high dch rate is not allowed retry to establish the RAB on lowest DCH rate
Test Objective
Test aims to tune the parameters associated with the features in order to get the desired balancing between DCH and EUL load in the network In a mature network where Smartphones and PC traffic is continuously growing it is important to assure a certain grade of Service to EUL which is the most adaptive RAB to carry UL for the advanced HSPA applications
Simultaneously DCH traffic especially speech has to be granted with a certain grade of service as well
Test objective is to find the best trade off between the 2 GoS
Parameters
featureStateDchEulBalancing
euleulDchBalancingEnabled
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
61 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
euleulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
euleulDchBalancingLoad
euleulDchBalancingOverload
euleulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
euleulDchBalancingTimerNg
euleulDchBalancingReportPeriod
Test Description
Identify from accessibility counters a cluster of RBSs where there are lot of admission rejects foe EUL users and EUL average throughput is quite low below a certain desired threshold that is needed to be granted in the network
Activate the feature and compare accessibility and UL Throughput KPI among the following test especially focusing in the cluster identified
Counters
The following counters are introduced
Test Case 1 reference
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
eulDchBalancingEnabled
False (0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
eulLoadTriggeredSoftCong
Off Off On
On On On On On
eulDchBalancingLoad - 32 32 64 128 128 512 512
eulDchBalancingOverload
- 0 0 0 0 32 32 32
eulDchBalancingTimerNg
- 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 2s 2s
eulDchBalancingSuspendDownSw
- Off Off Off Off Off Off On
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
62 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
pmTotalTimeEulDchBalancing
Total time that the cell has been EUL rate-congested during a ROP The cell is considered rate-congested when the EUL throughput is below eulDchBalancingLoad
pmNoFailedRabEstAttEulRateCong
Number of rejected admission requests due to EUL congestion
KPI observabilities
For EUL 2ms and 10 ms throughput refer to KPI observability in section 32
4 Experiences of SFI delivery tests (live network) and additional documentation
The following links report some example of tests performed in a real network within a P5 SFI service delivered to SingTel The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull EUL Interference report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2092EUL_interference_report_Apdf
bull EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2093EUL_mobility_Apdf
bull EUL Target Rate report httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2094EUL_target_rate_report_Apdf
bull HS-EUL Mobility testing httpsknowledgebaseinternalericssoncomN20and20TC20Radio20WCDMAListsKOAttachments2091HS-EUL20Mobility20Tests_Apdf
The following links report are instead related to P7 SFI service delivered to same operator (SingTel) The linked documents include the test description and the obtained results
bull P7 SFI Service ndash EUL 2 ms and UL HW optimization
httpsericollinternalericssoncomsitesGKOListsGKODispFormaspxID=104511
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
63 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
The following links report are instead related to feature-specific activities about W10- W11 functionalities
bull FDI - Improved EUL Scheduling Efficiency in W10 534190 24-10FCP 103 8813 Uen
bull Verification Specifications ndash W11 Soft Congestion of 2ms EUL users 7102 64-2FCP 101 8204 Uen
5 Glossary EUL Enhanced Uplink
E2E End to End perspective
GRAKE generalized Rake
HSPA High Speed Packet Access
HS HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
KPI Key performance Indicator
QoS Quality of Service
RTT Round Trip Time
SFI Successful Feature Introduction service (SFI)
SHO Soft Handover
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES
Ericsson Internal
TECHNICAL GUIDELINE
64 (64) Prepared (also subject responsible if other) No
TEIOCCY M BenedettiTEIOCRY L Lunardi E Gaiani ESMGBA HF Soon ESMGBB Brian Terry
2006 92-FAF 102 522
Approved Checked Date Rev Reference
TEIOCRYR [Simone Tumbarello] L Lunardi P Reda 2011-12-09 A
6 References [1] 931553-HSD 101 027 HSDPA scheduler
[2] 1121553-HSD 101 027 Uen D 2007-01-10 Enhanced UL Scheduler
[3] httpanonericssonseeridoccomponenteriurldocno=ampobjectId=09004cff82009bd8ampaction=currentampformat=ppt8
[4] httpwwwietforgindexhtml
[5] EEDR-03054 MMeyer ldquoAn Upper Bound of the File-Download Performance over a WCDMA 64384 kbits Interactive Bearer P20 and P21rdquo
[6] SFI WRAN HSPA P6
[7] WCDMA SFI P5 Final Report Template 00201-FAF 102 406
httpinternalericssoncompagehub_globalservicesproductsdeliverynporadioradio_npojsp
[8] HS Deployment guideline
[9] WCDMA RNC P7 KPI Description 111553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[10] WCDMA RBS P7 KPI Description 101553-FAF 102 358 Uen Rev A
[11] WRAN P6 to P7 Delta Overview
[12] WCDMA SFI W11B HSDPA features technical guideline
[13] Reaching High Performance in HSPA networks
[14] RADIO NETWORK DESIGN METHODS AND GUIDELINES